-
41 aller
aller [ale]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 9━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <• où vas-tu ? where are you going?• vas-y ! go on!• allons-y ! let's go!━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► aller se traduit souvent par un verbe plus spécifique en anglais.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► aller + préposition• je vais sur or vers Lille (en direction de) I'm going towards Lille ; (but du voyage) I'm going to Lille━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque être allé à/en signifie avoir visité, il se traduit par to have been to.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• étiez-vous déjà allés en Sicile ? had you been to Sicily before?• plus ça va, plus les gens s'inquiètent people are getting more and more worried• plus ça va, plus je me dis que j'ai eu tort the more I think about it, the more I realize how wrong I was► aller en + participe présentd. (état, santé) comment allez-vous ? how are you?• comment ça va ? -- ça va how are you doing? -- fine• comment vont les affaires ? -- elles vont bien how's business? -- finee. ( = convenir) ça ira comme ça ? is it all right like that?• aller bien ensemble [couleurs, styles] to go well together• ils vont bien ensemble [personnes] they make a nice couple• cette robe te va très bien (couleur, style) that dress really suits you ; (taille) that dress fits you perfectlyf. (exclamations) allons !• allez ! go on!• allez la France ! come on France!• allons, allons, il ne faut pas pleurer come on, don't cry• ce n'est pas grave, allez ! come on, it's not so bad!• va donc, eh crétin ! you stupid idiot! (inf)• allez-y, c'est votre tour go on, it's your turn• allez-y, vous ne risquez rien go on, you've nothing to lose• non mais vas-y, insulte-moi ! (inf) go on, insult me!► allons bon !• allons bon ! qu'est-ce qui t'est encore arrivé ? now what's happened?• allons bon, j'ai oublié mon sac ! oh dear, I've left my bag behind!► ça va ! (inf) ( = assez) that's enough! ; ( = d'accord) OK, OK! (inf)• tes remarques désobligeantes, ça va comme ça ! I've had just about enough of your nasty comments!• ça fait dix fois que je te le dis -- ça va, je vais le faire ! I've told you ten times -- look, I'll do it, OK? (inf)► va pour (inf)va pour 30 € ! OK, 30 euros then!• j'aimerais aller à Tokyo -- alors va pour Tokyo ! I'd like to go to Tokyo -- Tokyo it is then!2. <• ça y va le whisky chez eux ! they certainly get through a lot of whisky!• ça y allait les insultes ! you should have heard the abuse!3. <► aller + infinitifa. (futur)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque aller + infinitif sert à exprimer le futur, il se traduit par will + infinitif ; will est souvent abrégé en 'll.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► La forme du futur to be going to s'utilise pour mettre qn en garde.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━b. (intention) il est allé se renseigner he's gone to get some information ; (a obtenu les informations) he went and got some informationc. (locutions) n'allez pas vous imaginer que... don't you go imagining that...• allez savoir ! (inf) who knows?• va lui expliquer ça, toi ! you try explaining that to him!4. <a. ( = partir) to go• bon, je m'en vais right, I'm going• va-t'en ! go away!5. <b. ( = trajet) outward journey• l'aller et retour Paris-New York coûte 2 500 € Paris-New York is 2,500 euros return (Brit) or round-trip (US)• j'ai fait plusieurs allers et retours entre chez moi et la pharmacie I made several trips to the chemist's• le dossier a fait plusieurs allers et retours entre nos services the file has been shuttled between departments* * *
I
1. aleverbe auxiliaire1) ( marque le futur)ça va aller mal — (colloq) there'll be trouble
3) ( marque le mouvement)aller atterrir (colloq) sur mon bureau — to end up on my desk
4) ( marque l'inclination)5) ( marque l'évolution)
2.
verbe intransitif1) (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner)comment vas-tu, comment ça va? — how are you?
bois ça, ça ira mieux — drink this, you'll feel better
ça ne va pas très fort — ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low
ne pas aller sans peine or mal — not to be easy
ça va de soi or sans dire — it goes without saying
ça va tout seul — ( c'est facile) it's a doddle (colloq) GB, it's easy as pie
on fait aller — (colloq) struggling on (colloq)
ça peut aller — (colloq)
ça ira — (colloq) could be worse (colloq)
ça va pas, non (colloq) or la tête? — (colloq) are you mad (colloq) GB ou crazy? (colloq)
2) ( se déplacer) to goaller et venir — ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out
où vas-tu? — where are you going?, where are you off (colloq) to?
aller en Pologne/au marché — to go to Poland/to the market
aller sur or vers Paris — to head for Paris
j'y vais — ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars) (colloq) I'm going, I'm off (colloq)
où va-t-il? — where is he off to? (colloq)
où va-t-on? — (colloq)
où allons-nous? — (colloq) fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?
aller au pain — (colloq) to go and get the bread
aller aux courses (colloq) or commissions — (colloq) to go shopping
4) ( s'étendre dans l'espace)5) ( convenir)ma robe, ça va? — is my dress all right?
ça va, ça peut aller — (colloq) ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do
une soupe, ça (te) va? — how about some soup?
va pour une soupe — (colloq) soup is okay (colloq)
si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas — don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it
si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi — (colloq) if it's okay by you, it's okay by me (colloq)
ça te va bien de faire la morale — (colloq) iron you're hardly the person to preach
6) (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme)7) (flatter, mettre en valeur)je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble — I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited
8) ( se ranger) to go9) ( faculté)10) ( dans une évaluation)la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h — the car can do up to 200 kph
certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1000 francs — some models can cost up to 1,000 francs
11) ( en arriver à)12) ( dans le temps)13) (agir, raisonner)vas-y doucement, le tissu est fragile — careful, the fabric is delicate
vas-y, demande-leur! — ( incitation) go on, ask them!
vas-y, dis-le! — ( provocation) come on, out with it!
allons, allez! — (pour encourager, inciter) come on!
si tu vas par là, rien n'est entièrement vrai — if you take that line, nothing is entirely true
14) ( contribuer)15) (colloq) ( se succéder)16) ( servir)17) ( enfreindre)aller contre la loi — [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law
3.
s'en aller verbe pronominal1) (partir, se rendre)il faut que je m'en aille — I must go ou leave
2) ( disparaître)avec le temps, tout s'en va — everything fades with time
4) (avoir l'intention de, essayer)
4.
verbe impersonnel1) ( être en jeu)2) ( se passer)3) Mathématique
II alenom masculin1) ( trajet)j'ai pris le bus à l'aller — ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here
il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau — he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office
billet aller — gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket
billet aller (et) retour — return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US
2) ( ticket)aller (simple) — single (ticket) GB, one-way ticket ( pour to)
••
Lorsque aller fait partie d'une expression figée comme aller dans le sens de, aller de pair avec etc, l'expression est traitée sous l'entrée sens, pair etcOn notera les différentes traductions de aller verbe de mouvement indiquant: un déplacement unique dans le temps: je vais au théâtre ce soir = I'm going to the theatre [BrE] this evening; ou une habitude: je vais au théâtre tous les lundis = I go to the theatre [BrE] every Mondayaller + infinitifla traduction dépend du temps: je vais apprendre l'italien = I'm going to learn Italian; il est allé voir l'exposition = he went to see the exhibition; j'allais me marier quand la guerre a éclaté = I was going to get married when the war broke out; va voir = go and see; va leur parler = go and speak to them; j'irai voir l'exposition demain = I'll go and see the exhibition tomorrow; je vais souvent m'asseoir au bord de la rivière = I often go and sit by the river; il ne va jamais voir une exposition = he never goes to see exhibitionsOn notera que pour les activités sportives on peut avoir: aller nager/faire du vélo = to go swimming/cycling ou to go for a swim/on a bike rideOn trouvera ci-dessous des exemples et des exceptions illustrant aller dans ses différentes fonctions verbales* * *ale1. nm1) (= trajet) outward journeyL'aller nous a pris trois heures. — The journey there took us three hours., The outward journey took us three hours.
2) (= billet) single Grande-Bretagne ticket, one-way ticketJe voudrais un aller pour Angers. — I'd like a single to Angers.
2. vi1) (déplacement) to goJe suis allé à Londres. — I went to London.
Elle ira le voir. — She'll go and see him.
La boulangerie? Je dois justement y aller. — The baker's? That's just where I need to go.
2) (= convenir)aller à qn [couleur, style] — to suit sb, [forme, pointure] to fit sb, [dispositions, date] to suit sb
cela me va [couleur, vêtement] — it suits me, (pointure, taille) it fits me, [projet, dispositions] it suits me, that's OK by me
Cette robe te va bien. — That dress suits you.
aller avec qch [couleurs, style] — to go with sth
3) (= se sentir)"Comment allez-vous? " - - "Je vais bien." — "How are you?" - - "I'm fine."
Il va bien. — He's fine.
Il va mal. — He's not well.
4) (= marcher, se passer)comment ça va? — how are you?, how are things?
"ça va?" - - "oui ça va!" — "how are things?" - - "fine!"
allez! (encouragement) — go on!, (avec impatience) come on!
Allez! Dépêche-toi! — Come on, hurry up!
allez, au revoir — OK then, bye-bye
y aller; allons-y! — let's go!
Je dois y aller. — I've got to go.
Tu y vas un peu fort. — You're going a bit too far., You're going a bit far.
Nous sommes allés jusqu'à Angers. — We went as far as Angers.
J'irais jusqu'à dire qu'il est trop tard. — I would go so far as to say that it's too late.
se laisser aller — to let o.s. go
ça va de soi; ça va sans dire — that goes without saying
ça va comme ça (= c'est suffisant) — that's fine, (impatience) that's enough
3. vb auxJe vais le faire. — I'm going to do it.
Je vais me fâcher. — I'm going to get angry.
Je vais écrire à mes cousins. — I'm going to write to my cousins.
* * *I.aller ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: allerA v aux1 ( marque le futur) je vais partir I'm leaving; je vais rentrer chez moi/me coucher I'm going home/to bed; j'allais partir I was just leaving; j'allais partir quand il est arrivé I was about to leave when he arrived; l'homme qui allait inventer la bombe atomique the man who was to invent the atomic bomb; il allait le regretter he was to regret it; il va le regretter he'll regret it; elle va avoir un an she'll soon be one; il va faire nuit it'll soon be dark; ça va aller mal○ there'll be trouble; tu vas me laisser tranquille? will you please leave me alone!;2 ( marque le futur programmé) je vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; elle va peindre sa cuisine en bleu she's going to paint her kitchen blue; j'allais te le dire I was just going to tell you;3 ( marque le mouvement) aller rouler de l'autre côté de la rue to go rolling across the street; aller valser○ à l'autre bout de la pièce to go flying across the room; aller atterrir○ en plein champ/sur mon bureau to end up in the middle of a field/on my desk;4 (marque l'inclination, l'initiative) qu'est-ce que tu vas imaginer là? what a ridiculous idea!; va savoir! who knows?; va or allez (donc) savoir ce qui s'est passé who knows what happened?; qu'es-tu allé te mettre en tête? where did you pick up that idea?; qui irait le soupçonner? who would suspect him?; vous n'iriez pas leur dire ça? you're not going to go and say that, are you?; pourquoi es-tu allé faire ça? why did you have to go and do that?; n'allez pas croire une chose pareille! ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; allez y comprendre quelque chose! just try and work that out!;5 ( marque l'évolution) la situation va (en) se compliquant the situation is getting more and more complicated; aller (en) s'améliorant/s'aggravant to be improving/getting worse; la tristesse ira (en) s'atténuant the grief will diminish.B vi1 (se porter, se dérouler, fonctionner) comment vas-tu, comment ça va? how are you?; ça va (bien) I'm fine; les enfants vont bien? are the children all right?; et ta femme/ton épaule, comment ça va? how's your wife/your shoulder?; comment va la santé? how are you keeping?; ça va la vie○? how's life○?; ça va les amours○? how's the love life going?; aller beaucoup mieux to be much better; bois ça, ça ira mieux drink this, you'll feel better; tout va bien pour toi? is everything going all right?; si tout va bien if everything goes all right; vous êtes sûr que ça va? are you sure you're all right?; les affaires vont bien/mal business is good/bad; ça va l'école? how are things at school?; ça ne va pas très fort or bien ( ma santé) I'm not feeling very well; ( la vie) things aren't too good; ( le moral) I'm feeling a bit low; ça pourrait aller mieux, ça va plus ou moins ( réponse) so-so; ça va mal entre eux things aren't too good between them; qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? what's the matter?; la voiture a quelque chose qui ne va pas there's something wrong with the car; tout va pour le mieux everything's fine; tout est allé si vite! it all happened so quickly!; ne pas aller sans peine or mal not to be easy; ne pas aller sans hésitations to take some thinking about; ça va de soi or sans dire it goes without saying; ça devrait aller de soi it should be obvious; ainsi vont les choses that's the way it goes; ainsi va le monde that's the way of the world; ainsi allait la France this was the state of affairs in France; l'amour ne va jamais de soi love is never straightforward; ça va tout seul ( c'est facile) it's a doddle○ GB, it's as easy as pie; ça ne va pas tout seul it's not that easy, it's no picnic○; les choses vont très vite things are moving fast; on fait aller○ struggling on○; ça peut aller○, ça ira○ could be worse○; ça va pas, non○ or la tête○? are you mad○ GB ou crazy○?; ça va pas, non, de crier or gesticuler comme ça○? what's the matter with you, carrying on like that○?; ⇒ pis;2 ( se déplacer) to go; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; allez tout droit go straight ahead; aller et venir ( dans une pièce) to pace up and down; ( d'un lieu à l'autre) to run in and out; la liberté d'aller et venir the freedom to come and go at will; je préfère aller à pied/en avion I'd rather walk/fly; les nouvelles vont vite news travels fast; aller d'un pas rapide to walk quickly; je sais aller à bicyclette/cheval I can ride a bike/horse; où vas-tu? where are you going?, where are you off○ to?; je vais en Pologne I'm going to Poland; aller au marché/en ville to go to the market/into town; aller chez le médecin/dentiste to go to the doctor's/dentist's; va dans ta chambre go to your room; je suis allé de Bruxelles à Anvers I went from Brussels to Antwerp; je suis allé jusqu'en Chine/au marché ( et pas plus loin) I went as far as China/the market; ( et c'était loin) I went all the way to China/the market; je préfère ne pas y aller I'd rather not go; allons-y! let's go!; je l'ai rencontré en allant au marché I met him on the way to the market; aller vers le nord to head north; j'y vais ( je m'en occupe) I'll get it; ( je pars)○ I'm going, I'm off○; où va-t-il encore? where is he off to now○?; aller sur or vers Paris to head for Paris; où va-t-on○?, où allons-nous○? fig what are things coming to?, what's the world coming to?; va donc, eh, abruti○! get lost○, you idiot!; ⇒ cruche;3 (pour se livrer à une activité, chercher un produit) aller à l'école/au travail to go to school/to work; aller à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishing; allez-vous à la piscine? do you go to the swimming pool?; il est allé au golf/tennis he's gone to play golf/tennis; aller aux champignons/framboises to go mushroom-/raspberry-picking; aller au pain○ to go and get the bread; dans quelle boulangerie allez-vous? which bakery do you go to?; aller aux courses○ or commissions○ to go shopping; aller au ravitaillement to go and stock up; aller aux nouvelles or informations to go and see if there's any news;4 ( s'étendre dans l'espace) la route va au village the road leads to the village; la rue va de la gare à l'église the street goes from the station to the church;5 ( convenir) ma robe/la traduction, ça va? is my dress/the translation all right?; ça va, ça ira○, ça peut aller○ ( en quantité) that'll do; ( en qualité) it'll do; ça va comme ça it's all right as it is; ça ne va pas du tout that's no good at all; ça ne va pas du tout, tu dois mettre une cravate you can't go like that, you have to wear a tie; la traduction n'allait pas the translation was no good; lundi ça (te) va? would Monday suit you ou be okay○?; une soupe, ça (te) va? how about some soup?; va pour une soupe○ soup is okay○; ça irait si on se voyait demain? would it it be all right if we met tomorrow?; ça va si je porte un jean? can I wear jeans?; si le contrat ne te va pas, ne le signe pas don't sign the contract if you're not happy with it; si ça va pour toi, ça va pour moi○ or ça me va○ if it's okay by you, it's okay by me○; ça n'irait pas du tout ( inacceptable) that would never do; ma scie ne va pas pour le métal my saw is no good for metal; ça te va bien de faire la morale/parler comme ça○ iron you're hardly the person to preach/make that sort of remark;6 (être de la bonne taille, de la bonne forme) aller à qn to fit sb; tes chaussures sont trop grandes, elles ne me vont pas your shoes are too big, they don't fit me; cette vis/clé ne va pas this screw/key doesn't fit;7 (flatter, mettre en valeur) aller à qn to suit sb; le rouge ne me va pas or me va mal red doesn't suit me; sa robe lui allait (très) bien her dress really suited her; le rôle t'irait parfaitement the part would suit you perfectly; ta cravate ne va pas avec ta chemise your tie doesn't go with your shirt; les tapis vont bien ensemble the rugs go together well; les meubles vont bien ensemble the furniture all matches; je trouve que ta sœur et son petit ami vont très bien ensemble I think your sister and her boyfriend are ideally suited;8 ( se ranger) to go; les assiettes vont dans le placard the plates go in the cupboard; la chaise pliante va derrière la porte de la cuisine the folding chair goes behind the kitchen door;9 ( faculté) pouvoir aller dans l'eau to be waterproof; le plat ne va pas au four the dish is not ovenproof;10 ( dans une évaluation) la voiture peut aller jusqu'à 200 km/h the car can do up to 200 km/h; certains modèles peuvent aller jusqu'à 1 000 euros some models can cost up to 1,000 euros; une peine allant jusqu'à cinq ans de prison a sentence of up to five years in prison;11 ( en arriver à) aller jusqu'au président to take it right up to the president; aller jusqu'à mentir/tuer to go as far as to lie/kill; leur amour est allé jusqu'à la folie their love bordered on madness;12 ( dans le temps) aller jusqu'en 1914 to go up to 1914; pendant la période qui va du 8 février au 13 mars between 8 February and 13 March; la période qui va de 1918 à 1939 the period between 1918 and 1939; l'offre va jusqu'à jeudi the offer lasts until Thursday; le contrat allait jusqu'en 1997 the contract ran until 1997; va-t-on vers une nouvelle guerre? are we heading for another war?; aller sur ses 17 ans to be going on 17;13 (agir, raisonner) vas-y doucement or gentiment, le tissu est fragile careful, the fabric is delicate; ils n'y sont pas allés doucement avec les meubles○ they were rather rough with the furniture; tu vas trop vite you're going too fast; vas-y, demande-leur! ( incitation) go on, ask them!; vas-y, dis-le! ( provocation) come on, out with it!; allons, allez! (pour encourager, inciter) come on!; j'y vais○ ( je vais agir) here we go!; si tu vas par là or comme ça, rien n'est entièrement vrai if you take that line, nothing is entirely true;14 ( contribuer) y aller de sa petite larme to shed a little tear; y aller de sa petite chanson to do one's party piece; y aller de ses économies to dip into one's savings; y aller de sa personne to pitch in; y aller de 100 euros Jeux to put in 100 euros;15 ○( se succéder) ça y va la vodka avec lui he certainly gets through the vodka; ça y allait les coups the fur was flying○;16 ( servir) où est allé l'argent? where has the money gone?; l'argent ira à la réparation de l'église the money will go toward(s) repairing the church; l'argent est allé dans leurs poches they pocketed the money;17 ( enfreindre) aller contre la loi [personne] to break the law; [acte] to be against the law; je ne peux pas aller contre ce qu'il a décidé I can't go against his decision.C s'en aller vpr1 (partir, se rendre) il faut que je m'en aille I must go ou leave; je m'en vais en Italie cet été I'm going to Italy this summer; je m'en vais du Japon l'année prochaine I'll be leaving Japan next year; va-t'en! go away!; s'en aller faire les courses/en vacances/au travail to go off to do the shopping/on vacation/to work; ils s'en allaient chantant† they went off singing;2 ( disparaître) les nuages vont s'en aller the clouds will clear away; la tache ne s'en va pas the stain won't come out; avec le temps, tout s'en va everything fades with time; les années s'en vont the years go by;4 (avoir l'intention de, essayer) je m'en vais leur dire ce que je pense I'm going to tell them what I think; ne t'en va pas imaginer une chose pareille ( pour réfuter) don't you believe it!; ( pour tempérer l'enthousiasme) don't get carried away!; va-t'en savoir ce qu'il a voulu dire! who knows what he meant?D v impers1 ( être en jeu) il y va de ma réputation my reputation is at stake; il y va de ta santé your health is at stake, you're putting your health at risk;2 ( se passer) il en va souvent ainsi that's often what happens; tout le monde doit aider et il en va de même pour toi everyone must help, and that goes for you too; il en ira de même pour eux the same goes for them; il en va autrement en Corée things are different in Korea; il en ira de lui comme de ses prédécesseurs he'll go the same way as his predecessors;3 Math 40 divisé par 12 il y va 3 fois et il reste 4 12 into 40 goes 3 times with 4 left over.II.aller nm1 ( trajet) j'ai fait une escale à l'aller I made a stopover on the way out; j'ai pris le bus à l'aller ( en allant là) I took the bus there; ( en venant ici) I took the bus here; l'aller a pris trois heures the journey there took three hours; il n'arrête pas de faire des allers et retours entre chez lui et son bureau he keeps running to and fro from his house to the office; je suis pressé, je ne fais que l'aller et le retour○ I'm in a hurry, I've just popped in○; billet aller gén single ticket GB, one-way ticket US; ( d'avion) one-way ticket; billet aller (et) retour return ticket GB, round trip (ticket) US;2 ( ticket) aller (simple) single (ticket); deux allers (pour) Lille two singles to Lille; aller (et) retour return ticket;I[ale] nom masculin1. [voyage] outward journeyfaire des allers et retours [personne, document] to go back and forth, to shuttle back and forthne faire qu'un ou que l'aller et retour: je vais à la banque mais je ne fais qu'un aller et retour I'm going to the bank, but I'll be right back2. [billet]3. (familier)aller et retour [gifle] slapII[ale] verbe auxiliaire1. (suivi de l'infinitif) [exprime le futur proche] to be going ou about totu vas tomber! you're going to fall!, you'll fall!attendez-le, il va arriver wait for him, he'll be here any minute nowj'allais justement te téléphoner I was just going to phone you, I was on the point of phoning you[pour donner un ordre]tu vas faire ce que je te dis, oui ou non? will you do as I say or won't you?2. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif] to gone va pas croire/penser que... don't go and believe/think that...tu ne vas pas me faire croire que tu ne savais rien! you can't fool me into thinking that you didn't know anything!allez expliquer ça à un enfant de 5 ans! try and explain ou try explaining that to a 5-year-old!3. [exprime la continuité] (suivi du gérondif)a. [tension] to be risingb. [nombre] to be rising ou increasing————————[ale] verbe intransitifA.[EXPRIME LE MOUVEMENT]1. [se déplacer] to goa. hurry up!b. [à un enfant] run along (now)!vous alliez à plus de 90 km/h [en voiture] you were driving at ou doing more than 90 km/ha. [de long en large] to pace up and downb. [entre deux destinations] to come and go, to go to and fro2. [se rendre - personne]aller à la mer/à la montagne to go to the seaside/mountainsa. [bâtiment] to go to the universityb. [institution] to go to university ou collegealler à la chasse/pêche to go hunting/fishingj'irai en avion/voiture I'll fly/drive, I'll go by plane/cartu n'iras plus chez eux, tu m'entends? you will not visit them again, do you hear me?aller en haut/bas to go up/down3. (suivi de l'infinitif) [pour se livrer à une activité]va te faire voir (très familier) ou te faire foutre! (vulgaire) get lost! ou (UK) stuffed! (très familier), go to hell!4. [mener - véhicule, chemin] to go7. [être remis]l'argent collecté ira à une œuvre the collection will go ou be given to a charityB.[S'ÉTENDRE]1. [dans l'espace]aller de... à...: leur propriété va de la rivière à la côte their land stretches from the river to the coasta. [vers le haut] to go ou to reach up tob. [vers le bas] to go ou to reach down toc. [en largeur, en longueur] to go to, to stretch as far as2. [dans le temps]aller de... à... to go from... to...aller jusqu'à [bail, contrat] to run till3. [dans une série]aller de... à... to go ou to range from... to...C.[PROGRESSER]1. [se dérouler]aller vite/lentement to go fast/slowplus ça va...: plus ça va, moins je comprends la politique the more I see of politics, the less I understand itplus ça va, plus je l'aime I love her more each day2. [personne]aller jusqu'à: j'irai jusqu'à 1.000 euros pour le fauteuil I'll pay ou go up to 1,000 euros for the armchairj'irais même jusqu'à dire que... I would even go so far as to say that...aller sur ou vers [approcher de]: il va sur ou vers la cinquantaine he's getting on for ou going on 50elle va sur ses cinq ans she's nearly ou almost five, she'll be five soonaller à la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failureoù va-t-on ou allons-nous s'il faut se barricader chez soi? what's the world coming to if people have to lock themselves in nowadays?D.[ÊTRE DANS TELLE OU TELLE SITUATION]1. [en parlant de l'état de santé]bonjour, comment ça va? — ça va hello, how are you? — all rightça va? [après un choc] are you all right?2. [se passer]les choses vont ou ça va mal things aren't too good ou aren't going too wellcomment ça va dans ton nouveau service? how are you getting on ou how are things in the new department?quelque chose ne va pas? is there anything wrong ou the matter?ça ne va pas tout seul ou sans problème it's not an ou it's no easy jobE.[EXPRIME L'ADÉQUATION]1. [être seyant]a. [taille d'un vêtement] to fit somebodyb. [style d'un vêtement] to suit somebodyle bleu lui va blue suits her, she looks good in bluecela te va à ravir ou à merveille that looks wonderful on you, you look wonderful in that2. [être en harmonie]j'ai acheté un chapeau pour aller avec ma veste I bought a hat to go with ou to match my jacketa. [couleurs, styles] to go well together, to matchb. [éléments d'une paire] to belong togetherils vont bien ensemble, ces deux-là! those two make quite a pair!je trouve qu'ils vont très mal ensemble I think (that) they're an ill-matched couple ou they make a very odd pair3. [convenir]tu veux de l'aide? — non, ça ira! do you want a hand? — no, I'll manage ou it's OK!tu ne rajoutes pas de crème? — ça ira comme ça don't you want to add some cream? — that'll do (as it is) ou it's fine like thisça ira pour aujourd'hui that'll be all for today, let's call it a dayaller à quelqu'un: on dînera après le spectacle — ça me va we'll go for dinner after the show — that's all right ou fine by me ou that suits me (fine)F.[LOCUTIONS]allez, un petit effort come on, put some effort into itallez, je m'en vais! right, I'm going now!zut, j'ai cassé un verre! — et allez (donc), le troisième en un mois! damn! I've broken a glass! — well done, that's the third in a month!allez-y! go on!, off you go!allons bon, j'ai perdu ma clef maintenant! oh no, now I've lost my key!allons bon, voilà qu'il recommence à pleurer! here we go, he's crying again!c'est mieux comme ça, va! it's better that way, you know!je t'aurai prévenu! — ça va, ça va! don't say I didn't warn you! — OK, OK!ça va comme ça hein, j'en ai assez de tes jérémiades! just shut up will you, I'm fed up with your moaning!y aller (familier) : une fois que tu es sur le plongeoir, il faut y aller! once you're on the diving board, you've got to jump!quand faut y aller, faut y aller when you've got to go, you've got to gocomme tu y vas (familier) /vous y allez (familier) : j'en veux 30 euros — comme tu y vas! I want 30 euros for it — isn't that a bit much?ça y va: (familier) ça y va, les billets de 10 euros! 10 euro notes are going as if there was no tomorrow!y aller de: aux réunions de famille, il y va toujours d'une ou de sa chansonnette every time there's a family gathering, he sings a little songil ou cela ou ça va de soi (que) it goes without saying (that)il ou cela ou ça va sans dire (que) it goes without saying (that)il en va de... comme de...: il en va de la littérature comme de la peinture it's the same with literature as with paintingil en va autrement: il en irait autrement si ta mère était encore là things would be very different if your mother was still heretout le monde est égoïste, si tu vas par là! everybody's selfish, if you look at it like that!————————s'en aller verbe pronominal intransitif1. [partir - personne] to go2. [se défaire, se détacher] to come undone4. [disparaître - tache] to come off, to go (away) ; [ - son] to fade away ; [ - forces] to fail ; [ - jeunesse] to pass ; [ - lumière, soleil, couleur] to fade (away) ; [ - peinture, vernis] to come offça s'en ira au lavage/avec du savon it'll come off in the wash/with soap5. (suivi de l'infinitif) [en intensif] -
42 quoi
quoi [kwa]pronouna. (interrog) what• de quoi parles-tu ?• tu parles de quoi ? (inf) what are you talking about?• on joue quoi au cinéma ? (inf) what's on at the cinema?• en quoi puis-je vous aider ? how can I help you?• en quoi est cette statue ? what is this statue made of?• à quoi reconnaissez-vous le cristal ? how can you tell that something is crystal?• quoi faire/lui dire ? what are we going to do/to say to him?• quoi de neuf ? what's new?• as-tu de quoi écrire ? have you got a pen?• quoi qu'on en dise/qu'elle fasse whatever what people say/she doese. (locutions) quoi ! tu oses l'accuser ? what! you dare to accuse him!• quoi ? qu'est-ce qu'il a dit ? (pour faire répéter) what was it he said?• et puis quoi encore ! (ironic) what next!• de quoi ! (inf) what's all this nonsense!• merci beaucoup ! -- il n'y a pas de quoi many thanks! -- don't mention it* * *kwɑ
1.
pronom interrogatif whatpar quoi voulez-vous commencer? — ( à table) what would you like to start with?; (tâche, travail) where would you like to start?
quoi encore? — (colloq) what now?
2.
pronom relatifil n'y a rien sur quoi vous puissiez fonder vos accusations — there's nothing on which you can base your accusations
il prétend tout savoir, ce en quoi il se trompe — he claims he knows everything, and that's where he's wrong
(il n'y a) pas de quoi! — ( formule de politesse) think nothing of it, my pleasure
3.
pronom indéfini
4.
exclamation really, basicallyalors, quoi! — (colloq) really!
il est prétentieux, stupide, pas du tout intéressant quoi! — (colloq) he's pretentious, stupid, a dead loss (colloq) in fact!
* * *kwa pron1) (interrogatif) whatC'est quoi, ce truc? — What's this thing?
en quoi puis-je vous aider? — how can I help you?, How may I help you?
à quoi bon? — what's the use?, what's the point?
et puis quoi encore! — what next!, whatever next!
2) (relatif)il n'a pas de quoi se l'acheter — he can't afford it, he hasn't got the money to buy it
il n'y a pas de quoi — don't mention it, not at all
* * *A pron inter1 ( dans une interrogation directe) what; quoi? je n'ai pas entendu what? I didn't hear; à quoi penses-tu? what are you thinking about?; avec quoi peut-on abattre ce mur? what can we knock this wall down with?; à quoi bon? what's the point?; à quoi bon recommencer? what's the point of starting again?; en quoi suis-je responsable? in what way ou how am I responsible?; par quoi voulez-vous commencer? ( à table) what would you like to start with?; (tâche, travail) where would you like to start?; pour quoi faire? what for?; je veux bien le rencontrer mais pour lui dire quoi? I don't mind meeting him but what shall I say to him?; quoi de neuf? what's new?; quoi encore? what now?; quoi de plus beau/difficile (que…)? what could be more beautiful/difficult (than…)?; de quoi (de quoi)○? what?; quoi d'étonnant si leurs enfants sont comme ça it's hardly surprising that their children are like that; c'est quoi ça là-bas○? what's that over there?; quoi d'autre? what else?B pron rel1 il n'y a rien sur quoi vous puissiez fonder vos accusations there's nothing on which you can base your accusations; voilà sur quoi je fonde mes accusations that's what I base my accusations on; il prétend tout savoir, ce en quoi il se trompe he claims he knows everything, which is where he's wrong; il se moque de tout ce en quoi elle croit he laughs at everything she believes in; ce en quoi il avait raison and he was quite right; ce à quoi vous pensez what you are thinking about; à quoi il a répondu to which he replied; après quoi ils sont partis after which they left; ce contre quoi ils se battent what they are fighting against; de quoi nous pouvons conclure que from this we can conclude that; (il n'y a) pas de quoi! ( formule de politesse) think nothing of it, my pleasure, don't mention it; il n'y a pas de quoi se fâcher/crier there's no reason to get angry/to shout; il n'a (même) pas de quoi s'acheter un livre he hasn't (even) got enough money to buy a book; emporte de quoi lire take something to read with you; il a de quoi○ ( de l'argent) he's got plenty of money; il a de quoi être satisfait he's got good reason to be satisfied; ‘tu ne devrais pas t'inquiéter’-‘il y a de quoi’ ‘you shouldn't worry’-‘I've got good reason’; dis-moi à quoitu penses tell me what you are thinking about; dis-nous avec quoi tu as payé cette voiture tell us how you paid for this car;2 quoi qu'elle puisse en dire whatever she may say; quoi qu'il ait pu faire dans sa jeunesse whatever he may have done in his youth; quoi qu'il arrive whatever happens; si je peux faire quoi que ce soit pour vous aider if I can do anything to help you; je ne m'étonne plus de quoi que ce soit nothing surprises me any more; quoi que ce soit, dis-le-moi whatever it is, tell me; quoi que ce soit qu'il ait dit whatever he said; quoi qu'il en soit be that as it may; quoi qu'il en ait fml in spite of his wishes to the contrary.C excl what; alors, quoi! what then!; ou quoi! or what!; tu rentres ou quoi! so, are you coming in, or what?; il est prétentieux, stupide, agaçant, pas du tout intéressant quoi! he's pretentious, stupid, irritating, in short he's pretty uninteresting.[kwa] pronom relatifil a refusé, ce en quoi il a eu raison he refused, which was quite right of himon est allés au jardin, après quoi il a fallu rentrer we went to the garden, and then we had to come back inprends de quoi boire/écrire/payer get something to drink/to write/to pay withmerci! — il n'y a pas de quoi thank you! — not at all ou you're welcome ou don't mention it————————[kwa] adverbe interrogatif1. [quelle chose] whatje voudrais parler au directeur — c'est pour quoi? I'd like to talk to the manager — what (is it) about?a. what else?b. [ton irrité] what is it now?2. (familier) [pour faire répéter]3. [emplois expressifs]eh bien quoi, qu'est-ce que tu as? well, what's the matter with you?enfin quoi, ou eh bien quoi, tu pourrais regarder où tu vas! come on now, watch where you're going!de quoi? tu n'es pas d'accord? what's that, you don't agree?décide-toi, quoi! well make up your mind!si je comprends bien, tu es fauché, quoi! if I've understood you, you're broke, aren't you?je vais lui acheter ce livre, pour lui faire un petit cadeau, quoi I'm going to buy her this book... you know, just as a little present————————quoi que locution conjonctivequoi qu'il en soit be that as it may, however that may beje te défends de lui dire quoi que ce soit! I forbid you to tell her/him anything (whatsoever)! -
43 что
1. мест. (рд. чего, дт. чему, вн. что, тв. чем, пр. чём)1. (в разн. знач.) whatон не знает, что это значит — he does not know what this means
для чего это употребляется, служит? — what is that used for?
что он, она и т. д. из себя представляет? — what is he, she, etc., like?
2. (и это, а это) whichон пришёл поздно, что не было обычно — he came late, which was not usual
(та) книга, что на столе — the book that is on the table
(та) книга, что он дал ей — the book that he gave her; the book he gave her
это всё, что там написано — that is all that is written there
всё, что он знал — all he knew
тот самый..., что — the same... that
это та самая книга, что он дал ей — this is the very book that he gave her
тот, что, та, что и т. п. — that which
дайте ему не это письмо, а то, что она принесла вчера — do not give him this letter, but the one she brought yesterday
то, что — what
он помнит то, что она сказала — he remembers what she said
это не то, что он думал — it is not what he thought
это не то, чего он ожидал — it is not what he expected
4. ( что-нибудь) anything5.:что... что (одно... другое) — this... that:
что оставил, что взял с собой — this he left, that he took with him
6.:что за, что... за разг. — (при вопросе: какой) what; (какого рода и т. п.) what kind / sort of; ( при восклицании) what (+ a, an, если данное слово может употребляться с неопред. артиклем)
что за книги там?, что там за книги? — what are those books over there?
♢
что до — with regard to, concerningчто до него, он согласен — as to / for him, he agrees
что до меня... — as far as I am concerned...
что ему и т. д. до этого — what does he, etc., care for / about it; what does it matter to him, etc.
что ж, он сделает это см — why, he will do it himself
ну и что ж(е)? — well, what of that?
оставить это здесь, что ли? — perhaps leave it here; leave* it here, eh?
что ни (при сущ.) — every
что ни день, погода меняется — the weather changes every day
что... ни ( при глаголе) — whatever
что он ни скажет, интересно — whatever he says is interesting
что пользы, что толку разг. — what is the use / sense
не что иное как — nothing other than, nothing less than, nothing short of
хоть бы что — (дт.; безразлично) nothing (to); ( ничего не стоит) make* nothing of (+ subject); (дт.; + инф.) think* nothing (+ subject; of ger.)
это ему хоть бы что — that is nothing to him; he thinks nothing of that
чего бы не — what:
чего только не — what... not:
чего только он не видел! — what hasn't he seen!, the things he has seen!
чего там (+ инф.) разг. — what's the use (of ger.):
в чём дело?, что случилось? — what is the matter?
чего доброго разг. — may... for all I know:
с чего бы это вдруг? — what's the cause?, now, why?
что и говорить разг. — there is no denying, it cannot be denied
не понимать, что к чему — not know* what is what
знать, что к чему — know* the how and why of things
уйти ни с чем — go* away empty-handed, или having achieved nothing; get* nothing for one's pains
2. союзчего стоит! разг. — counts for a lot!
он сказал, что она придёт — he said (that) she would come
это так просто, что каждый поймёт — it is so simple that anybody can understand it
это такое трудное слово, что он не может его запомнить — it is such a difficult word that he cannot remember it
то, что — (the fact) that
то, что он это сделал, их удивило — (the fact) that he did it surprised them
он узнал о том, что она уехала — he learnt that she had left
они узнали, думали, воображали, предполагали и т. п., что он умный человек — they knew, thought, imagined, supposed, etc., him to be a clever man*
они ожидали, что он придёт — they expected him to come
3. нареч. (почему)потому... что см. потому I
why -
44 γίνομαι
γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/22 ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans3-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans3-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performedⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl2 [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affectedα. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P75); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.⑥ to make a change of location in space, moveⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong toⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be thereⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW. -
45 hecho
adj.1 made, done.2 made, created.intj.1 done.2 agreed.m.1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.2 act, feat, deed, action.past part.past participle of spanish verb: hacer.* * *1 (realidad) fact2 (suceso) event, incident————————1→ link=hacer hacer► adjetivo1 (carne) done2 (persona) mature3 (frase, expresión) set4 (ropa) ready-made1 (realidad) fact2 (suceso) event, incident► interjección ¡hecho!1 done!, agreed!\a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk¡bien hecho! well done!de hecho in factel hecho es que... the fact is that...eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minuteestar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabouthecho,-a a mano handmadehecho,-a a máquina machine-madehecho,-a en casa home-madehechos son amores actions speak louder than wordslo hecho hecho está what's done is doneser un hombre hecho y derecho to be a real manhecho consumado fait accomplihecho de armas feat of armsHechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles* * *1. noun m.1) fact2) deed3) event2. (f. - hecha)adj.1) done, made2) finished* * *1.PP de hacer2. ADJ1) (=realizado) donesi le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have
¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!
2) (=manufacturado) made¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?
3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) readyel trabajo ya está hecho — the work is done o finished
¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?
4) (Culin)a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripeb) (=cocinado)muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone
no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked
un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak
5) (=convertido en)ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously
6) [persona]hecho y derecho —
7) (=acostumbrado)3. SM1) (=acto)hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words
2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) eventel hecho es que... — the fact is that...
un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact
hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income
3)de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact
de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that
4) (Jur)* * *I1) ( manufacturado) madebien/mal hecho — well/badly made
2) ( refiriéndose a acción)lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done
3) ( convertido en)tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil
4) ( acostumbrado)hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something
5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)IIhecho! — it's a deal!, done!
- cha adjetivo1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged
3) (esp Esp) < carne> doneIIIun filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
1)a) (acto, acción)ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event2) (realidad, verdad) factel hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...
3)* * *I1) ( manufacturado) madebien/mal hecho — well/badly made
2) ( refiriéndose a acción)lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done
3) ( convertido en)tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil
4) ( acostumbrado)hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something
5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)IIhecho! — it's a deal!, done!
- cha adjetivo1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged
3) (esp Esp) < carne> doneIIIun filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
1)a) (acto, acción)ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event2) (realidad, verdad) factel hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...
3)* * *hecho11 = event, fact, deed.Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.
Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.* cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.* demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.* dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.* enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.* enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.* estado de hecho = rule of men.* explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.* exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.* hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.* hecho consumado = fait accompli.* hecho demostrado = established fact.* hecho ineludible = hard fact.* hecho real = brute fact.* hechos dispersos = random facts.* hechos, los = plain fact, the.* hechos reales = true story.* no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.* olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.* pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.* presunción de hecho = prima facie.* prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.* ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.* ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.* ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.* ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.* ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.* ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.* sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.* verificación de los hechos = fact checking.hecho22 = executed.Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.
* a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.* bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.* cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.* comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.* comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.* dado por hecho = foregone.* dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.* dar por hecho = take for + granted.* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.* dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.* estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.* frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.* hecho a base de parches = patchwork.* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.* hecho a máquina = machine-made.* hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.* hecho añicos = shattered.* hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].* hecho cisco = wrecked.* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.* hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.* hecho de encaje = lacy.* hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].* hecho de trozos = piecewise.* hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.* hecho en América = American-built.* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.* hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.* hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.* hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.* hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.* hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.* hecho expresamente para = intended for.* hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.* hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.* hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.* hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.* hecho por el hombre = man-made.* hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.* hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.* hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].* hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.* hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.* hecho puré = mashed.* hecho recientemente = fresh-made.* hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.* hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].* hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.* hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.* hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.* hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.* mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.* menos hecho = rarer.* páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.* papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.* papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.* recién hecho = hot off the griddle.* resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.* sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.* solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.* un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.* * *ppA (manufacturado) madehecho a mano handmadehecho a máquina machine-made, machine-producedun traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suitestá muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly madeB(refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach himtomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with himlo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milkC(convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furiousestá hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fatse apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real messme dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to piecestú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devilD (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sthun hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the countryE ( como interj)(expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-pegcon ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the pegB (terminado) ‹trabajo› donehecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown manun abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyerya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gamblerC ( esp Esp) ‹carne› doneun filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steakEA1(acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want actiondemuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about itno es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …2 (suceso, acontecimiento) eventhechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo governmentlos documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crimelimítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the factsCompuestos:fait accompli( frml); battle( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)mpl:los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the ApostlesB (realidad, verdad) factes un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known factpara esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a realityel hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantageel hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaperCde hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significantno fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last monthél es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place* * *
Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)
hecho es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
hacer
hecho
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hecho to make a lot of work
3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
4
◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);
hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'
5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;
tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
1
¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?
2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;
¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)
me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sthb)◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;
hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;
la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hecho v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;
hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;
¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself
5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
1
se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing oldb) ( resultar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believec) ( impers):
se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?
2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
5
( de amigos) to make
hecho 1
1 ( manufacturado) made;
un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
bien/mal hecho well/badly made
2 ( refiriéndose a acción):◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;
no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
3 ( convertido en):
tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
■ adjetivo
◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak
hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
1a) (acto, acción):◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;
demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
2 (realidad, verdad) fact;
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hecho,-a
I adjetivo
1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
3 (cocinado, cocido) done
un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
4 (persona) mature
5 (frase) set
(ropa) ready-made
II sustantivo masculino
1 (suceso real) fact
el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
' hecho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acontecer
- actual
- asesinar
- braga
- bribón
- bribona
- buena
- bueno
- casera
- casero
- chapucera
- chapucero
- chapuza
- chaval
- chavala
- como
- conmoverse
- considerable
- consumada
- consumado
- Cristo
- de
- despeluchar
- desvarío
- dicha
- dicho
- documentalista
- elemento
- encubrir
- entrar
- exquisita
- exquisito
- fideo
- fiera
- flan
- furia
- haber
- habilidosa
- habilidoso
- hallar
- hecha
- higo
- hojalata
- humanamente
- incidencia
- interdisciplinaria
- interdisciplinario
- jirón
- jugarreta
- lástima
English:
accept
- action
- actual
- actually
- adjust
- admission
- admit
- advance
- angry
- appease
- asbestos
- bandwagon
- bargain
- basis
- beat
- by
- challenge
- cock-up
- collar
- come
- confirm
- cry
- custom
- cut out
- damage
- deal
- decree
- delay
- deliberately
- done
- dream
- effect
- effectively
- enforce
- established
- fact
- failure
- fait accompli
- find out
- fitted
- freshly
- fully-fledged
- good
- grown
- gumbo
- hand
- handmade
- however
- hurried
- in
* * *hecho, -a♦ participiover hacer♦ adjhecho a máquina machine-made;una película bien hecha a well-made film;¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;¡bien hecho! well done!;¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;Fama lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming2. [acabado] mature;una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist3. [carne, pasta] done;quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare4. [acostumbrado]estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so earlycon la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done♦ nm1. [suceso] event;los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crimehecho consumado fait accompli2. [realidad, dato] fact;el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;el hecho es que… the fact is that…;hecho ineludible fact of life3. [obra] action, deed;sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promiseslos Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms4.de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together5. [en la práctica] de facto;es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president♦ interjit's a deal!, you're on!;te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!* * *:hecho a mano hand-made;un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;¡bien hecho! well done!;¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is doneII adj finished;un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown manIII m1 ( realidad) fact;de hecho in fact;el hecho es que the fact is that2 ( suceso) event3 ( obra) action, deed;un hecho consumado a fait accompli* * *1) : made, done2) : ready-to-wear3) : complete, finishedhecho y derecho: full-fledgedhecho nm1) : fact2) : eventhechos históricos: historic events3) : act, action4)de hecho : in fact, in reality* * *hecho1 adj1. (manufacturado) made¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?2. (cocinado) done¡bien hecho! well done!¡hecho! done!hecho2 n1. (en general) fact2. (acto) actiondemuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words -
46 BERA
* * *I)(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.I.1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);8) to set forth, report, tell;bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;11) with preps.:bera af e-m, to surpass;en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;bera eld at, to set fire to;bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);bera e-t um, to wind round;þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;bera út barn, to expose a child;12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);láta af berast, to die;láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;berast vápn á, to attack one another;berast at or til, to happen;þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;berast í móti, to happen, occur;hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;berast við, to be prevented;ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);2) followed by preps.:Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;e-t berr á milli, comes between;leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;bera saman, to coincide;bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;fund várn bar saman, we met;3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;bar honum svá til, it so befell him;þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;4) of time, to fall upon;ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;5) denoting cause;e-t berr til, causes a thing;konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;e-t berr frá, is surpassing;er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).* * *1.u, f.I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.2.bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].A. Lat. ferre, portare:I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.II. without a sense of motion:1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.III. in law terms or modes of procedure:1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.B. Various and metaph. cases.I. denoting motion:1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case. -
47 essere
['ɛssere] (aus essere)1. vi1) (copulativo) to beè quel tipo? — è Giovanni — who is that (guy)? — it's Giovanniè giovane/malato — he is young/ill
2) (trovarsi) to be, (vivere) to live3) (diventare) to bequando sarai grande — when you grow up o are grown up
4) (esistere) to be5)è di Genova — he is o comes from Genoa6)di chi è questo libro? — è mio — whose book is this? — it's minenon potrò essere dei vostri quest'estate — I won't be able to join you this summer
7)è il 12 giugno — it is June 12th8)9)(+ da + infinito)
è da fare subito — it should be done o needs to be done o is to be done immediatelyè da spedire stasera — it has (got) to be sent tonight
2. vb aus1)(tempi composti: attivo)
è arrivato? — has he arrived?2)(tempi composti: passivo)
è stato fabbricato in India — it was made in India3)(tempi composti:
riflessivo) si sono vestiti — they dressed, they got dressedsi sono baciati — they kissednon si sono visti — they didn't see each other
3. vb impers1)è che non mi piace — the fact is I don't like it
ne sarà della macchina? — what will happen to the car?sarebbe a dire? — what do you mean?se niente fosse — as if nothing had happenedè da tre ore che ti aspetto — I've been waiting for you for three hours
non è da te — it's not like you
è Pasqua — it's Easter
è possibile che venga — he may come
essere — perhapsquel che sia, io me ne vado — whatever happens I'm off2)'è? — how much is it?'è in tutto? — how much does that come to?3)(cosa) c'è? — what's wrong o the matter?c'è di nuovo? — what's new?c'è — what's wrong o the matter?c'è da strapparsi i capelli — it's enough to drive you up the wall
invitati ci saranno? — how many guests will there be?c'è da qui a Edimburgo? — how far is it from here to Edinburgh?See:4. smgli esseri viventi — the living pl
-
48 caso
m case( destino) chance( occasione) opportunitycaso d'emergenza emergencyper caso by chancea caso at random(in) caso che in casein caso contrario should that not be the casein ogni caso in any case, anywayin nessun caso under no circumstancesnel peggiore dei casi if the worst comes to the worst* * *caso s.m.1 chance: il caso volle che gli parlassi, I happened (o chanced) to speak to him; fu un puro caso, it was pure (o sheer) chance // a caso, at random: scegliere a caso, to choose at random // per caso, by chance: udimmo per caso, we heard by chance // guarda caso, as chance would have it // si dà il caso che, it so happens that2 ( fatto, circostanza, situazione) case; ( avvenimento) event, matter, affair: i casi della vita, ( gli alti e bassi) the ups and downs of life; caso di coscienza, matter of conscience; un caso di difterite, a case of diphtheria; caso medico, medical case; caso imprevisto, unforeseen event; è un brutto caso, it's an unpleasant affair; (dir.) caso giudiziario, (legal) case; (dir.) caso fortuito, fortuitous event; caso limite, extreme case; ci sono stati molti casi di rapina, there have been many cases of robbery; esponimi il tuo caso, put your case to me; farò un'eccezione nel vostro caso, I'll make an exception in your case; questo non è il vostro caso, this is not your case // pensate ai casi vostri, mind your own business // questo fa al caso nostro, this is what we want (o it's just what we need) // non farne un caso di stato, don't make a mountain out of a molehill (o out of it) // non è il caso di preoccuparsi, there is no need to worry3 ( eventualità) instance, case: in caso affermativo, in the affirmative; in caso di incendio telefonate a questo numero, in case of fire call this number; nel caso che non ci sia, in case he's not there; nel caso vi servissero soldi..., should you need any money... // caso mai, in caso, in case // in ogni caso, in any case (o at any rate o at all events) // in tal caso, in that case // poniamo il caso che, let us suppose that // in caso contrario, otherwise (o should that not be the case)4 ( possibilità, modo) way, possibility, alternative: non c'è caso di convincerlo, there is no way of convincing him5 far caso a qlco., qlcu., to take sthg., s.o. into account; non fare caso a qlco., qlcu., to take no account (o notice) of sthg., s.o.* * *['kazo]sostantivo maschile1) (circostanza) casein questo caso — in this case o event
in certi -i — in some o certain cases, under certain circumstances
in tal caso — in that case, if so
in caso contrario — if not, should it not be the case
in caso affermativo — if so, should that be the case
in entrambi i -i — either way, in either case
nel migliore, nel peggiore dei -i — at best, at worst
in ogni caso — at any rate, in any case
in nessun caso — in no case, under no circumstances
a seconda dei -i, secondo il caso — depending on the circumstances, as the case may be
in caso di emergenza, incendio — in case of emergency, fire
in caso di bisogno — if necessary, if need be
poniamo o mettiamo il caso che... suppose (that)..., let's assume that...; i -i sono due there are two possibilities; nel caso in cui o in caso venisse — in case he comes, should he come
2) (sorte) chance, fateil caso volle che... — as luck would have it,...
non è un caso se... — it's no accident that
3) per caso by chance, by coincidence, by accidenthai per caso il suo indirizzo? — do you have his address by any chance? do you happen to have his address?
4) a caso at random5) (situazione particolare) caseun caso disperato — a hopeless case (anche fig. scherz.)
6) dir. case7) (evento)8) ling. case•caso clinico — med. clinical case
caso patologico — pathological case; fig. nutcase, hopeless case
••fare caso a qcn., qcs. — to pay attention to, to notice sb., sth.
fare al caso di qcn. — to suit sb., to serve sb. purpose
guarda caso — iron. as chance would have it, strangely enough
* * *caso/'kazo/sostantivo m.1 (circostanza) case; in questo caso in this case o event; in certi -i in some o certain cases, under certain circumstances; in tal caso in that case, if so; in caso contrario if not, should it not be the case; in caso affermativo if so, should that be the case; in entrambi i -i either way, in either case; nel migliore, nel peggiore dei -i at best, at worst; in ogni caso at any rate, in any case; in nessun caso in no case, under no circumstances; a seconda dei -i, secondo il caso depending on the circumstances, as the case may be; in caso di emergenza, incendio in case of emergency, fire; in caso di bisogno if necessary, if need be; in caso di incidente in the event of an accident; si dà il caso che lo conosca I happen to know him; poniamo o mettiamo il caso che... suppose (that)..., let's assume that...; i -i sono due there are two possibilities; nel caso in cui o in caso venisse in case he comes, should he come2 (sorte) chance, fate; il caso volle che... as luck would have it,...; non è un caso se... it's no accident that...3 per caso by chance, by coincidence, by accident; mi trovavo lì per caso I (just) happened to be there; se per caso if by any chance; hai per caso il suo indirizzo? do you have his address by any chance? do you happen to have his address?4 a caso at random5 (situazione particolare) case; nel tuo caso in your case; un caso disperato a hopeless case (anche fig. scherz.); le precauzioni del caso the necessary precautions7 (evento) diversi -i di morbillo several cases of measles8 ling. casefare caso a qcn., qcs. to pay attention to, to notice sb., sth.; fare al caso di qcn. to suit sb., to serve sb. purpose; questo fa al caso mio this is exactly what I need; è il caso di dirglielo? should we tell him? era (proprio) il caso? was it really necessary? non è il caso di preoccuparsi there's no need to worry; non è il caso di ridere it's no occasion for laughter; non farci caso! never mind! take no notice! guarda caso iron. as chance would have it, strangely enough\ -
49 wat
wat1〈 bijwoord〉3 [met betrekking tot verbazing/verbijstering] isn't it/that/he 〈enz.〉 …, aren't they/those 〈enz.〉 … ⇒ how4 [waarom] why♦voorbeelden:1 hij is wat traag • he is a little slow/on the slow side2 hij is er wat blij mee/trots op • he is extremely pleased with/proud of itzo eerlijk als wat • as honest as they comewat lief van je! • how nice of you!wat is het koud! • isn't it cold!, what cold weather!wat ze niet verzinnen tegenwoordig • the things they come up with these dayswat wil je nog meer? • what more do you want?wat zal hij blij zijn! • how happy/pleased he will be!〈 ironisch〉 wat zijn we weer leuk • (are you) trying to be funny?4 wat lacht hij toch? • what's he laughing for/at?————————wat22 [zonder antecedent] what3 [met voorafgaande zin als antecedent] which♦voorbeelden:alles wat je zegt, klopt • everything you say is truedat wat • whatwat mij aangaat • as for me, as far as I am concernedwat dit betreft • as far as this is concerneddoe nou maar wat ik zeg/wat je gezegd wordt • just do as I say/you're toldje kunt doen en laten wat je wilt • you can do what/as you please/like/wantik zal doen wat ik kan • I'll do what(ever) I canje kunt zeggen wat je wilt, maar verlegen is ze niet • (you can) say what you like, (but) she certainly is not shy3 hij zei dat hij het niet gemerkt had, wat natuurlijk niet waar was • he said he hadn't noticed, which was not true obviouslyze zag eruit als een verpleegster, wat ze ook was • she looked like a nurse, which in fact she was tooII 〈 vragend voornaamwoord〉1 [zelfstandig/bijvoeglijk gebruikt] what ⇒ 〈 bij beperkte keuze〉 which, 〈 verbazing uitdrukkend〉 whatever2 [waarom] why♦voorbeelden:1 wat bedoel je? • what(ever) do you mean?; 〈 sterker of ironisch〉 what(ever) are you talking about?wat bedoel je daar nou mee? • just what do you mean by that?; 〈 sterker〉 just what is that supposed to mean?wát ga je doen? • you are going to do what?wat heb je 't liefste, koffie of thee? • which do you prefer, coffee or tea?wat is er? • what's the matter?wat krijgen we nou? • what's this supposed to mean?; 〈 van politieagent〉 what's all this then?(en?) wat mag het zijn? • 〈 met betrekking tot drankje〉 what would you like (to drink); 〈 door winkelbediende gezegd〉 can I help you?wat zeg je? • what did you say?; 〈 informeel〉 sorry?, what?, come again; 〈 beleefd〉 (I beg your) pardon?wat zou dat? • what of it?wat dan nog? • so what?, what of it?wat is het voor iemand? • what's he/she like?wat voor weer is het? • what's the weather like (outside)?wat voor een naam is dat?! • what kind of name is that?!♦voorbeelden:daar vraag je me wat • now you're askingwil je wat drinken? • would you like something to drink?misschien wordt het wel wat tussen die twee • it may come to something between those twoik zal je eens wat zeggen • (just) listen (to me)!; 〈 sterker, als uitdaging〉 just you listen to me!ik zie wat • I (can) see somethingzie jij wat? • do/can you see anything?daar zit wat in • there's something to/in ithet is altijd wat met hem • there's always something up with himwat er ook gebeurt, blijf kalm • whatever happens, stay calmIV 〈 uitroepend voornaamwoord〉1 what♦voorbeelden:1 wat kun jij mooi tekenen • how well you draw!wat kun jij liegen, zeg • what a(n awful) liar you are!wat een mooie benen! • look at those legs!wat een onzin • what (absolute) nonsense————————wat3♦voorbeelden:1 geef me wat suiker/geld • give me some sugar/moneygeef mij ook wat • let me have some toowat meer • a bit/little morewat minder • a bit/little lesseen stuk of wat • two or threeeen dag of wat • a day or so/twoheel wat verdienen • earn quite a bitdat scheelt heel wat/nogal wat • that makes quite a (bit of a) difference————————wat41 what♦voorbeelden:1 wat! komt hij niet? • what! isn't he coming? -
50 falde
4па́датьfálde i ǿjnene — броса́ться в глаза́
* * *come down, drop, fall, tumble* * *vb (faldt, faldet) fall;( i krig) be killed,F fall;F decline,( pludseligt) drop,( stærkere) slump;( i straffesag) sentence is pronounced,( i civilsag) judgment is delivered;[ tage det som det kan falde] take things as they come;[ lade falde]( fremkomme med) let fall ( fx a few words, a remark), drop ( fxa hint, a remark);[ tiden falder ham lang], se tid;[ det falder mig let] I find it easy;[ det falder sig sådan at] it so happens that;[ dette stof falder så smukt] this material hangs so well;[ denne sætning falder tungt] this sentence reads heavy;( på teater) the curtain falls (el. comes down);[ med præp & adv:][ falde `af] fall off, come off;(om hår etc) fall out, come out;[ der kan falde noget af til dig] you may come in for a share;[ falde af på den] lose grip;[ han er faldet af på den] he is not the man he was;[ det falder af sig selv] it is a matter of course, it goes without saying;[ falde bort]( opgives) be dropped;( ophøre) be discontinued, lapse;( miste sin gyldighed) cease to be valid;(se også bortfalde);[ falde efter](om hest etc) be sired by;[ falde for] fall for ( fx all girls fall for him);[ falde for fjendehånd] die at the hands of the enemy;[ falde for fristelsen] succumb to temptation;( hænde) occur, happen ( fx if it should happen),( vise sig) turn up ( fx any jobs that might turn up);[ når din vej falder forbi] when you come my (el. this) way;(dø) die, pass away;(opgive studium etc) drop out;( svigte) fall away, desert one's party;(rel) lapse (from one's faith);[ falde hen]( døse hen) doze off,( falde i søvn) drop off;( i drømmerier) fall into a reverie;[ falde `i](i vandet etc) fall in,( gennem is) fall through,( gå i en fælde) walk into a trap,( lukke sig) fall to,( stemme i) join in;[ talen falder i tre afsnit] the speech falls into three parts;[ falde i armene på en] fall into somebody's arms;[ falde i hænderne på en] fall into somebody's hands, fall into the hands of somebody;[ falde i øjnene] be conspicuous;[ falde igennem] fall through;( ved eksamen) fail, be ploughed;[ ved siden af ham vil jeg falde igennem] I am simply not in it with him;[ falde ind]( med en bemærkning) cut in;( synge med) join in;[ hvor kan det falde dig ind at?] how dare you? what do you mean by -ing?[ det kunne aldrig falde mig ind] I wouldn't dream of (doing) such a thing;[ det falder mig ind] it occurs to me;[ falde ind i et land] invade a country;(se også dør);[ falde ind under] come under ( fx it comes under another heading);[ falde ned] fall down,( om fly) crash;[ fald ned!](T: hids dig ned) cool down![ falde ned af en stige] fall off (el. down from) a ladder;(se også stol);[ falde ned over hovedet på], se hoved;[ falde `om] fall down ( fx the tree fell down with a crash), fall over,( om person også, pludseligt) drop ( fx drop dead; ready to drop with fatigue; he dropped into a chair),( bryde sammen) collapse ( fx with fatigue);(T: dratte om) keel over;[ han faldt mig om halsen] he threw his arms round my neck;[ vi var ved at falde om af grin] we fell about (laughing);[ falde over]( snuble over) fall over, stumble over,( få fat i) come across;(se også ben);( gå løs på) go for, fall on, attack;[ falde `på]( indtræde) set in, fall ( fx darkness (, night) is falling);[` falde på]( om lys) fall on;( også) the light caught his face;[ gevinsten faldt på nr 123] ticket number 123 came up with the prize;[ min fødselsdag falder på en søndag] my birthday is (el. falls) on a Sunday;( også) night is coming on;[ hvordan falder du på det?] what makes you think that?(også fig) fall into place ( fx when I read his letter everything fell into place),(se også brik);[ falde sammen] collapse,( om person, modstand også) crumple up,[ falde sammen med] coincide with;( lukke sig) close;( slutte tæt) fit closely;( finde sig til rette) settle down,T shake down;[ falde godt til blandt] mix (el. fit in) well with;[ falde ham til besvær] become a burden to him;[ falde til ro], se I. ro;[ falde tilbage på] fall back on ( fx have a pension (, something) to fall back on);[ falde tilbage til] fall back on ( fx old methods),( om tidligere, uheldig tilstand) revert to ( fx a primitivestate), relapse into ( fx crime);[ falde ud] fall out ( fx fall out of the window);( udvikle sig) turn out ( fx it turned out well);[ falde ud af rollen], se rolle;[ falde ud af takten] get out of time;[ falde ud i]( om flod) fall (el. flow) into;[ falde uden for] be (el. fall) outside ( fx one's competence, one's field), stand outside ( fx the discussion);[ falde væk], se ovf: falde bort. -
51 cierto
adj.1 true, exact, definite, certain.2 certain, some.3 certain, sure, inescapable, inevitable.intj.1 right, isn't that right, correct, isn't that so.2 sure thing.* * *► adjetivo1 (seguro) certain, sure2 (verdadero) true3 (algún) certain, some1 certainly\en ciertos casos in certain cases, in some casesestar en lo cierto to be rightlo cierto es que... the fact is that...por cierto by the way————————► adverbio1 certainly* * *(f. - cierta)adj.1) certain2) true3) one, some•* * *ADJ1) (=verdadero) true¿es cierto eso? — is that really so?, is that true?
ha mejorado mucho, ¿no es cierto? — it has improved a lot, don't you think?
es cierto, es mejor que nos vayamos — yes o you're right, I think we'd better go
cierto, es un problema grave — it's certainly a serious problem
•
estar en lo cierto — to be right•
lo cierto es que — the fact is that, the truth of the matter is thatnadie habló sobre ello pero lo cierto es que todos estaban preocupados — nobody talked about it but the fact is o the truth of the matter is that everyone was worried
2) (=seguro) certain, surelo único cierto es que... — the only sure thing is that...
•
saber algo de cierto — to know sth for certain3) [uso indefinido]a) [en sing] a certainen todos sus movimientos había un cierto aire de misterio — everything he did had a certain air of mystery about it
me alejé de allí con una cierta sensación de preocupación — I left there feeling a little anxious, I left there with a certain feeling of anxiety
•
en cierta ocasión — on one occasion, onceedad 1), manera 2), modo 2), punto 8), sentido 2., 6)las monedas nacionales se mantendrían en uso durante un cierto tiempo — national currencies would continue to be used for a (certain) time
b) [en pl] some, certaines mejor no hablar de ciertas cosas — some o certain things are better not discussed
4)• por cierto — by the way, incidentally
por cierto, ¿qué es de tu hermano? — by the way, o incidentally, what's your brother doing now?
un libro que, por cierto, recomiendo totalmente — a book which, by the way, o incidentally, I would thoroughly recommend
* * *- ta adjetivo1) ( verdadero) trueah!, es cierto — oh yes, of course
parece más joven, ¿no es cierto? — he looks younger, doesn't he o don't you think?
lo cierto es que... — the fact is that...
es cierto que... — it is true that...
si bien es cierto que... — while o although it's true to say that...
por cierto — ( a propósito) by the way, incidentally; ( por supuesto) of course
dinero que, por cierto, nunca me devolvió — money which, of course, he never paid back
2) (delante del n) (que no se especifica, define) certainen cierta ocasión... — on one occasion...
durante un cierto tiempo — for a while o a time
* * *- ta adjetivo1) ( verdadero) trueah!, es cierto — oh yes, of course
parece más joven, ¿no es cierto? — he looks younger, doesn't he o don't you think?
lo cierto es que... — the fact is that...
es cierto que... — it is true that...
si bien es cierto que... — while o although it's true to say that...
por cierto — ( a propósito) by the way, incidentally; ( por supuesto) of course
dinero que, por cierto, nunca me devolvió — money which, of course, he never paid back
2) (delante del n) (que no se especifica, define) certainen cierta ocasión... — on one occasion...
durante un cierto tiempo — for a while o a time
* * *cierto11 = true [truer -comp., truest -sup.].Ex: The Concise AACR2 by Michael Gorman is not a true abridged edition of the full edition, but rather a rewritten distillation of the essential rules and principles.
* a ciencia cierta = for sure, for certain.* a cierta distancia = some distance away.* confirmar que se está en lo cierto = prove + Posesivo + point, make + Posesivo + case.* conocer a ciencia cierta = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.* demostrar que se está en lo cierto = prove + Posesivo + point, make + Posesivo + case.* estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.* lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).* por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.* probar que se está en lo cierto = prove + Posesivo + point, make + Posesivo + case.* saber a ciencia cierta = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.* saber a ciencia cierta que = know + for a fact that.* si bien es cierto que = albeit (that).cierto22 = a measure of, a certain amount of, an element of, certain, some.Ex: Perhaps since they have only an inadequate measure of only one of the five characteristics, the schools ought to recognize their inability to deal with the problems and give up.
Ex: 'I can do it,' he said to himself, with a certain amount of aplomb which years of dealing with problems had given him.Ex: They all permit an element of coordination of concepts at the search stage when searching most of the databases that are on offer.Ex: The same is true for personal names, for subject headings or descriptors, for certain types of titles, for classification numbers, for call numbers, and so on = Lo mismo ocurre en el caso de los nombres personales, los encabezamientos de materia o descriptores, cierto tipo de títulos, los números de clasificación, las signaturas topográficas, etc.Ex: Nevertheless, modern cataloguing practices often represent some amalgam of the collocative and the direct approaches.* a cierta distancia de = off.* a cierta distancia de la costa = offshore.* a cierta distancia del litoral = offshore.* bajo ciertas circunstancias = under certain circumstances.* bajo ciertas condiciones = under certain conditions.* cada cierto tiempo = episodic, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* cierto grado de = a degree of.* conceder cierta autoridad sobre = give + Nombre + a say in.* con cierta comodidad = with some ease.* con cierta facilidad = with some ease.* con cierta formación = educated.* con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.* con cierto detalle = at some length.* con cierto gasto = at some expense.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* durante cierto tiempo = over a period of time.* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.* en cierto grado = something of.* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.* hasta cierto punto = up to a point, to some degree, to some extent.* necesitar tomar cierto tipo de decisiones = require + judgement.* observar atentamente y durante cierto tiempo = maintain + vigil.* que confiere cierto estatus social = status-conferring.* sentir cierta aprensión (por) = be apprehensive (about).* ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.* situado a cierta distancia = further afield.* una cierta cantidad de = a measure of, a proportion of.* un cierto grado de = a certain amount of, a modicum of.* un cierto número de = a number of.* * *cierto -taA (verdadero) trueno hay nada de cierto en sus declaraciones there is no truth in his statementuna cosa es cierta: cuando vino no lo sabía one thing's certain o for sure: he didn't know when he cametengo que ir al médico — ¡ah!, es cierto I have to go to the doctor's — oh yes, of course o that's rightparece más joven, ¿no es cierto? he looks younger, doesn't he o don't you think?estabas en lo cierto you were rightlo cierto es que ha desaparecido the fact is that it has gone, what's certain is that it has gone, one thing's for sure o for certain and that is that it has gonepor cierto by the way, incidentallypor cierto, si la ves dile que me llame by the way o incidentally, if you see her tell her to call mele presté el dinero que, por cierto, nunca me devolvió I lent him the money which, incidentally, he never paid backB ( delante del n)(que no se especifica, define): en cierta ocasión on one occasion, oncecierta clase de gente a certain kind of peoplela noticia causó sensación en ciertos sectores sociales the news caused a sensation in some circlesen cierto modo comprendo lo que dices in some ways I can understand what you're sayinghasta cierto punto tiene razón up to a point you're rightese pueblecito tiene un cierto encanto that little village has a certain charmse respiraba un cierto malestar en el ambiente you could sense a degree of o a slight unease in the atmospheredurante un cierto tiempo for a timecamina con cierta dificultad she has some difficulty walking, she has a certain amount of difficulty walkinguna persona de cierta edad an elderly person* * *
cierto◊ -ta adjetivo
1 ( verdadero) true;
una cosa es cierta one thing's certain;
¡ah!, es cierto oh yes, of course;
parece más joven, ¿no es cierto? he looks younger, doesn't he o don't you think?;
estabas en lo cierto you were right;
lo cierto es que … the fact is that …;
si bien es cierto que … while o although it's true to say that …;
por cierto ( a propósito) by the way, incidentally
2 ( delante del n) (que no se especifica, define) certain;
de cierta edad of a certain age;
en cierta ocasión on one occasion;
en cierto modo in some ways;
hasta cierto punto up to a point;
durante un cierto tiempo for a while
cierto,-a
I adjetivo
1 (no falso) true
(seguro) certain: di por cierto que vendrías, I was sure you would come
lo cierto es que..., the fact is that... yo estaba en lo cierto, I was right
2 (algún) certain: ciertas personas están interesadas, certain people are interested
estoy de acuerdo hasta cierto punto, I agree up to a point
II adverbio certainly
♦ Locuciones: por cierto, by the way
' cierto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
academicismo
- bien
- cierta
- de
- desahogo
- empezar
- ir
- propósito
- punto
- realidad
- relativamente
- segura
- seguro
- tal
- vagabunda
- vagabundo
- verdadera
- verdadero
- creer
- dejar
- demorar
- demostrar
- falso
- hasta
- lo
- mantener
- matiz
- modo
- parecido
- pesar
- posible
- sentido
- ser
- suponer
- tardar
- valer
English:
accent
- allow for
- by
- certain
- degree
- extent
- fact
- far-fetched
- fashion
- kind
- lip
- manner
- may
- necessarily
- point
- remain
- right
- sense
- so
- some
- something
- sort
- talk
- target
- true
- way
- belie
- certainly
- definitely
- do
- have
- measure
- remind
- strictly
- sure
- type
- untrue
* * *cierto, -a♦ adj1. [verdadero] true;estar en lo cierto to be right;lo cierto es que… the fact is that…;es cierto que… it's true (that…);no es cierto (que…) it is not true (that…);es el hijo de Javier, ¿no es cierto? he's Javier's son, isn't he?;si bien es cierto que… while it is true that…;¿qué hay de cierto en las declaraciones del presidente? what truth is there in the president's statement?2. [seguro] certain, definite;es una señal cierta de su nerviosismo it's a sure sign that they're nervous;todavía no es cierto que vaya a poder participar it's still not certain that she'll be able to take part3. [algún] certain;cierto hombre a certain man;en cierta ocasión once, on one occasion;cierto día, iba caminando por la calle, cuando… I was walking down the street one day, when…;hemos recibido un cierto número de quejas we have received a certain number of o some complaints;tuvo un cierto éxito con su primer disco his first record was a moderate success;me da cierto reparo preguntárselo I'm a bit reluctant to ask her;en cierto modo, han hecho lo que han podido in a way, they did what they could;hasta cierto punto es verdad it's true up to a point♦ advright, certainly;¿lo hizo usted? – cierto did you do it? – that's right;por cierto by the way;por cierto, ¿no te habrás acordado de comprar las entradas? by the way, did you remember to buy the tickets?;si la ves, por cierto, dile que la estoy buscando by the way, if you see her tell her I'm looking for her♦ de cierto loc advfor certain, for sure;lo sé de cierto I know for certain o for sure* * *adj1 ( seguro) certain2 ( verdadero):es cierto it’s true;lo cierto es que … the fact is that …;estar en lo cierto be right3:hasta cierto punto up to a point;un cierto encanto a certain charm;cierto día one day4:por cierto incidentally* * *cierto, -ta adj1) : true, certain, definitelo cierto es que...: the fact is that...2) : certain, onecierto día de verano: one summer daybajo ciertas circunstancias: under certain circumstances3)por cierto : in fact, as a matter of fact♦ ciertamente adv* * *cierto1 adj1. (en general) certain2. (verdadero) truecierto2 adv certainly -
52 В-327
ВСЁ РАВНО ( Invar fixed WO1. \В-327 (кому). Also: ВСЁ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand ( subj-compl with copula ( subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula) (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.): X-y все равно - iteall the same (toX)it comes to the same thing it doesn't make any difference (to X) it doesn't matter (to X) X doesn't care (in limited contexts) X is past caring.Будет говорить русский? He всё ли равно? Пусть (Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1 a).«...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!» (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скорбно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно...» (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно» (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).«История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда». По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him (Marlen Mikhailovich) that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).2. Also: ВСЁ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substandadvunder any circumstances, regardless of what happensin any case (event)whatever happens (in limited contexts) one way or another anyway all the same (with a negated verb) there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. (that sth. will happen etc)).Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).«Всё равно (Марченко) даст отпечатки (пальцев), не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники — и катай!» (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his (Marchenko's) fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).3. (Particle) despite some (indicated or implied) circumstancesall the samenevertheless nonetheless still.Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).«Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено...» (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a). -
53 все едино
[Invar; fixed WO]=====1. все едино (кому). Also: ВСЕ ОДНО < ЕДИНО> substand [subj-compl with copula (subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula]⇒ (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.):- [in limited contexts] X is past caring.♦ Будет говорить русский? Не всё ли равно? Пусть( Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1a).♦ "...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино; все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!" (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).♦ "Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скороно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно..." (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).♦ Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).♦ "Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно" (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).♦ "История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда". По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him [Marlen Mikhailovich] that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).⇒ under any circumstances, regardless of what happens:- [in limited contexts] one way or another;- anyway;- all the same;- [with a negated verb] there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. <that sth. will happen etc>).♦ Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).♦ " Всё равно [Марченко] даст отпечатки [ пальцев], не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники - и катай!" (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his [Marchenko's] fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).♦ Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).3. [Particle]⇒ despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances:- all the same;- nevertheless;- nonetheless;- still.♦ Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).♦ "Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено..." (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > все едино
-
54 все одно
[Invar; fixed WO]=====1. все одно (кому). Also: ВСЕ ОДНО < ЕДИНО> substand [subj-compl with copula (subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula]⇒ (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.):- [in limited contexts] X is past caring.♦ Будет говорить русский? Не всё ли равно? Пусть( Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1a).♦ "...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино; все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!" (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).♦ "Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скороно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно..." (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).♦ Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).♦ "Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно" (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).♦ "История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда". По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him [Marlen Mikhailovich] that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).2. Also: ВСЕ ОДНО (ЕДИНО) substand [adv]⇒ under any circumstances, regardless of what happens:- [in limited contexts] one way or another;- anyway;- all the same;- [with a negated verb] there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. <that sth. will happen etc>).♦ Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).♦ " Всё равно [Марченко] даст отпечатки [ пальцев], не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники - и катай!" (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his [Marchenko's] fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).♦ Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).3. [Particle]⇒ despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances:- all the same;- nevertheless;- nonetheless;- still.♦ Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).♦ "Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено..." (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > все одно
-
55 все равно
[Invar; fixed WO]=====1. все равно (кому). Also: ВСЕ ОДНО < ЕДИНО> substand [subj-compl with copula (subj: это or a clause) or impers predic with copula]⇒ (may refer to the subjective reaction, desire etc of the person involved, or to objective reality) (the difference, if any, between two or more expressed or implied options is) unimportant (to s.o.), of little or no significance (to s.o.):- [in limited contexts] X is past caring.♦ Будет говорить русский? Не всё ли равно? Пусть( Федин 1). A Russian will speak? Isn't it all the same? Let him (1a).♦ "...Все мы, что человеки, что скоты - всё едино; все помрем и все к чертовой матери пойдем!" (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). "Whether we're men or beasts, it comes to the same thing: we shall all die and go to the Devil!" (1b).♦ "Может быть, вы мне, господин профессор, хотя описание вашей камеры дадите? - заискивающе и скороно говорил механический человек, - ведь вам теперь всё равно..." (Булгаков 10). "Perhaps, Mr Professor, you would give me at least a description of your chamber?" the mechanical man said ingratiatingly and mournfully. "After all, it makes no difference to you now..." (10b).♦ Ax, какая тебе разница, кто он... не всё ли равно! (Битов 2). Oh, what do you care who it was-what does it matter! (2a).♦ "Дети так не говорят. Это даже не грубость, это - жестокость, и даже не жестокость, а просто ей всё равно" (Стругацкие 1). "Children don't talk like that. It's not even rudeness, it's cruelty, no, not even cruelty-she simply doesn't care" (1a).♦ "История показала, что специалисты могут ошибаться. Партия - никогда". По бесстрастному лицу помощника Марлен Михайлович понял, что в этот момент он слегка пережал, прозвучал слегка - не-совсем-в-ту-степь, но ему как-то уже было все равно (Аксёнов 7). "History has shown that experts make mistakes. The Party never makes mistakes." The blank face of the Important Personage's assistant told him [Marlen Mikhailovich] that this time he had gone a bit too far, but by now he was past caring (7a).⇒ under any circumstances, regardless of what happens:- [in limited contexts] one way or another;- anyway;- all the same;- [with a negated verb] there is no way (that s.o. will do sth. <that sth. will happen etc>).♦ Когда Маяна выходила замуж, городской родственник тайно, через людей передал подарок для Маяны... Подарок... был богатый, и тётя Маша... переправила его дочери. Дочка не приняла ничего, велев передать матери, что туфли ей... малы, а подарок она всё равно брать не будет (Искандер 4)....When Mayana got married, the city relative secretly sent a present for her, through other people....It was a rich gift, and Aunt Masha...forwarded it to her daughter. The daughter accepted nothing, returning a message to her mother that the shoes were too small for her, and she would not take the present in any case (4a).♦ "Всё равно [Марченко] даст отпечатки [ пальцев], не добром, так силой. Заковать его в наручники - и катай!" (Марченко 2). "One way or another, willing or not, we'll get his [Marchenko's] fingerprints. Put the cuffs on him and let's go!" (2a).♦ Полесов стоял в очередях главным образом из принципа. Денег у него не было, и купить он всё равно ничего не мог (Ильф и Петров 1). Polesov stood in line chiefly for reasons of principle. He had no money, so he could not buy anything, anyway (1a).3. [Particle]⇒ despite some (indicated or implied) circumstances:- all the same;- nevertheless;- nonetheless;- still.♦ Кладбище напоминало карликовый город... Возле нескольких могил стояли табуретки с вином и закуской... Я знал, что это такой обычай, приносить на могилу еду и питьё, но всё равно сделалось еще страшнее (Искандер 6). The cemetery resembled a city of dwarfs....I noticed several small stools on which food and wine had been placed....I had heard of the custom of offering up food and drink to the dead, but nonetheless the sight of these stools frightened me all the more (6a).♦ "Теперь уж и без офицера всё кончено, хотя бы и не явился он вовсе, то всё равно всё было бы кончено..." (Достоевский 1). "It's all finished now, even without the officer, even if he hadn't come at all, it would still be finished..." (1a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > все равно
-
56 GÖRA
ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.A. To make:I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)B. To do:I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85. -
57 HAFA
* * *(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);hafa elda, to keep up a five;2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;5) to have, hold, maintain;hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;hafa heilindi, to have good health;6) to bring, carry;hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;7) to take, carry off;troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;8) to get, gain, win;hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;hafa tafl, to win the game;hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;hafa sigr, to be worsted;hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;hafa sik vel, to behave;hafa vel, to be well off or happy;hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;later with indecl. neut. pp.;hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;14) with preps.:hafa e-t at, to do, act;hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;hafa sik við, to exert oneself;hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;15) refl., hafast.* * *pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.II. to hold:1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.6. with prepp. or infin.,α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.2. with prepp.:α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, thatα. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq. -
58 apuntar
v.1 to make a note of, to note down.apuntar a alguien to put somebody down (en lista) to put somebody's name down (en curso) to sign somebody uphe apuntado a mi hijo a clases de natación I've put my son's name down for swimming lessons, I've signed my son up for swimming lessonsapúntamelo (en la cuenta) put it on my account2 to point (dirigir) (dedo).apuntar una pistola hacia alguien, apuntar a alguien con una pistola to aim a gun at somebodyPedro apunta el arma Peter points the gun.3 to prompt (Teatro).fue expulsada de clase por apuntar las respuestas a un compañero she was thrown out of the classroom for whispering the answers to a classmate4 to hint at.5 to appear.6 to write down, to note down, to jot down, to put in writing.María apunta los comentarios Mary writes down the comments.7 to take aim.Pedro apunta hacia Ricardo Peter takes aim at Richard.8 to enroll, to add on to the list.María apunta a Silvia Mary enrolls Silvia.9 to point out, to indicate.Pedro apunta las necesidades de ella Peter points out her needs.10 to denote to, to indicate to, to suggest to.La carta apunta desistir del plan The letter denotes to desist of the plan* * *1 (señalar) to point (a, at)■ apuntó que... she pointed out that...2 (arma) to aim■ ¡apunten! take aim!3 (anotar) to note down, make a note of■ se lo apunto en cuenta I'll put it on your account, I'll charge it to your account4 (estar encaminado) to be aimed (a, at), be designed (a, to)5 (insinuar) to suggest, indicate6 (sujetar) to stitch, pin lightly, tack lightly7 TEATRO to prompt8 familiar (en un examen) to whisper the answer to1 to begin to appear2 TEATRO to prompt1 (inscribirse) to enrol2 familiar (participar) to take part (a, in)■ ¿te apuntas? are you game?\apuntarse un tanto to score a point* * *verb1) to aim2) point3) note down4) prompt5) suggest, hint•* * *1. VT1) (=dirigir) [+ cámara, pistola, misil] to aim (a at)train (a on)2) (=sugerir) to point outapuntó la posibilidad de que no hubiera sido un suicidio — she suggested the possibility that it mightn't have been suicide, she pointed out that it mightn't have been suicide
3) (=anotar)a) [en cuaderno] make a note of, note down; [en lista, tabla] to enter, recordapuntó la dirección en su agenda — she made a note of the address in her diary, she noted down the address in her diary
apuntó la temperatura en un gráfico — she recorded o wrote down the temperature on a graph
b) (Estadística) [+ velocidad, tiempo] to log4) (=inscribir) [en lista] to put down; [en colegio, curso] to enrol, enroll (EEUU); [en concurso, competición] to enter, put down¿me puedes apuntar para la cena de Navidad? — could you put me down for the Christmas dinner?
5) (=decir en voz baja) [a actor] to prompt6) (=afilar) to sharpen, put a point on7) (=apostar) [+ dinero] to bet8) (Cos) to fasten2. VI1) (=señalar) [con arma] to aim; [con dedo, objeto] to point atno apuntes hacia ninguna persona — [con arma] don't aim at anybody o don't point your gun at anybody; [con dedo] don't point at anybody
¡apunten! ¡disparen! — take aim! fire!
apuntar con: todos le apuntaban con el dedo — everyone pointed their fingers at her
apuntar a algn con un arma — to aim a gun at sb, point a gun at sb
me apuntó al pecho con un fusil — he aimed o pointed the gun at my chest
apuntó con su pistola al cajero y se llevó todo el dinero — he held up the cashier with his gun and took all the money
2) (=dirigirse) to pointsus declaraciones apuntaban en la dirección opuesta — his statements pointed in the opposite direction
3) (=anotar) to note down¿tienes dónde apuntar? — have you got something to note this down on?
apunta, dos kilos de patatas y uno de uvas — note this down o make a note, two kilos of potatoes and a kilo of grapes
4) (=surgir) [barba] to sproutuna tendencia que ya comenzaba a apuntar a finales del siglo — a tendency that had already begun to emerge at the end of the century
el maíz apunta bien este año — LAm the corn is coming on nicely this year
5)una hipótesis apunta al origen romano del yacimiento — one hypothesis suggests that the site is of Roman origin
todo apunta a que van a ganar las elecciones — there is every indication o sign that they will win the elections, everything points to them winning the election
todo parece apuntar a que... — everything seems to indicate that...
6) LAm (=apostar) to bet, place bets3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( tomar nota de) to make a note of, note downb) (para excursión, actividad) to put... down2) (Teatr) to prompt; (Educ)mi amiga me apuntaba las respuestas — (fam) my friend whispered the answers to me
3) (señalar, indicar) to point at4) ( afirmar) to point out2.apuntar vi1)a) ( con arma) to aimpreparen... apunten... fuego! — ready... take aim... fire!
apuntar a alguien/algo — to aim at somebody/something
le apuntó con una pistola — she pointed/aimed a gun at him
b) (indicar, señalar) to pointla aguja apunta al or hacia el norte — the needle points north
2) ( anotar)apunta: comprar limones, leche... — make a note, you need to buy lemons, milk...
¿tienes lápiz? pues apunta — have you got a pencil? well, take o jot this down
3) (Teatr) to prompt3.apuntarse v pron1)a) ( inscribirse)apuntarse a or en algo — a curso to enroll* on something; a clase to sign up for something
vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? — we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along)?
me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? — I'm going out for a coffee, anyone want to join me? (colloq)
2) ( manifestarse) tendencia to become evident* * *= get at, point, point out, jot down, take + aim, take down, mark + Nombre + down as, mark + Nombre + up.Ex. What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.Ex. An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.Ex. By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.Ex. Find some scrap paper and jot down the subject areas taught in schools.Ex. This article has been a discussion of how public libraries can take aim on quality.Ex. All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.Ex. One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.Ex. If you fax your document, please include a return address -- we will edit and mark it up by hand and return it to you by post.----* apuntar a = point + the way to, point to.* apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.* apuntar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.* apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.* apuntarse = enrol [enroll -USA], sign up, be game, register (with).* apuntarse a = join + Asociación.* apuntarse medallas = chalk up + achievements.* evidencia + apuntar a = evidence + points towards.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) ( tomar nota de) to make a note of, note downb) (para excursión, actividad) to put... down2) (Teatr) to prompt; (Educ)mi amiga me apuntaba las respuestas — (fam) my friend whispered the answers to me
3) (señalar, indicar) to point at4) ( afirmar) to point out2.apuntar vi1)a) ( con arma) to aimpreparen... apunten... fuego! — ready... take aim... fire!
apuntar a alguien/algo — to aim at somebody/something
le apuntó con una pistola — she pointed/aimed a gun at him
b) (indicar, señalar) to pointla aguja apunta al or hacia el norte — the needle points north
2) ( anotar)apunta: comprar limones, leche... — make a note, you need to buy lemons, milk...
¿tienes lápiz? pues apunta — have you got a pencil? well, take o jot this down
3) (Teatr) to prompt3.apuntarse v pron1)a) ( inscribirse)apuntarse a or en algo — a curso to enroll* on something; a clase to sign up for something
vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? — we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along)?
me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? — I'm going out for a coffee, anyone want to join me? (colloq)
2) ( manifestarse) tendencia to become evident* * *= get at, point, point out, jot down, take + aim, take down, mark + Nombre + down as, mark + Nombre + up.Ex: What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.
Ex: An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.Ex: By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.Ex: Find some scrap paper and jot down the subject areas taught in schools.Ex: This article has been a discussion of how public libraries can take aim on quality.Ex: All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.Ex: One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.Ex: If you fax your document, please include a return address -- we will edit and mark it up by hand and return it to you by post.* apuntar a = point + the way to, point to.* apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.* apuntar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.* apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.* apuntarse = enrol [enroll -USA], sign up, be game, register (with).* apuntarse a = join + Asociación.* apuntarse medallas = chalk up + achievements.* evidencia + apuntar a = evidence + points towards.* * *apuntar [A1 ]vtA1 (tomar nota de) to make a note of, note downapunta todo lo que tienes que comprar make a note of o note down o jot down everything you have to buyapunta en una libreta todo lo que ha hecho en el día he notes down o writes down in a notebook everything he's done during the day, he makes a note of everything he's done during the day in a notebooktengo que apuntar tu dirección I must make a note of your address, I must write down your addressapúntelo en mi cuenta put it on my accountapunta todo porque tiene muy mala memoria he writes everything down because he has a terrible memory2 (en un curso) to enroll*, put … down; (para una excursión, actividad) to put … downquiero apuntar a la niña a or en clases de inglés I want to put my daughter's name down for o enroll my daughter for English classesapúntame para el sábado put me down for SaturdayB ( Teatr) to promptpasa aquí al frente para que no te apunten las respuestas ( fam); come up to the front so that no one can whisper the answers to you o help you with the answersC (señalar, indicar) to point atno la apuntes con el dedo don't point (your finger) at herapuntó con el dedo dónde estaba el error he pointed (with his finger) to where the mistake was, he pointed (his finger) to where the mistake wasapuntó con una regla el lugar exacto en el mapa he used a ruler to point to o indicate the exact spot on the mapD (afirmar, señalar) to point outel presidente apuntó la necesidad de un cambio radical the president pointed out the need o pointed to the need for a radical changeapuntó que no se trataba de obtener privilegios he pointed out that it was not a matter of getting privileges—no sólo ocurre en este país —apuntó this isn't the only country where it happens, he pointed out■ apuntarviA1 (con un arma) to aimpreparen … apunten … ¡fuego! ready … take aim … fire!apunta hacia or para otro lado aim (it) somewhere elseapuntar A algn/algo to aim AT sb/sthapuntar al blanco to aim at the targetle apuntó con una pistola she pointed/aimed a gun at him2 (indicar, señalar) to pointla aguja apunta siempre al or hacia el norte the needle always points northningún dato parece apuntar a la existencia de un compló there is no information to point to o indicate the existence of a plotB(anotar): apunta, comprar harina, leche, pan … make a note, you need to buy flour, milk, bread …¿tienes papel y lápiz? pues apunta have you got paper and a pencil? well, take o jot this downC ( Teatr) to promptD ( liter); «día» to break; «barba» to appear, begin to show; «flor/planta» to sproutal apuntar el alba at the break of day ( liter)ya apuntan los primeros capullos the first buds are already appearingA1 (inscribirse) apuntarse A or EN algo:me apunté a or en un cursillo de natación I enrolled on o signed up for a swimming course¿te vas a apuntar al or en el torneo? are you going to put your name down o put yourself down for the tournament?me apunté para ir a la excursión I put my name o myself down for the outingnos vamos a la discoteca ¿te apuntas? we're going to the disco, do you want to come (along) o ( BrE) do you fancy coming?vamos a salir a cenar — oye, yo me apunto we're going out for dinner — oh, I'll come!me voy a tomar un café ¿quién se apunta? I'm going out for a coffee, anyone interested? o anyone want to join me? ( colloq)2 (obtener, anotarse) ‹tanto› to score; ‹victoria› to chalk up, achieve, gainse apuntó un gran éxito con este libro she scored a great hit with this bookel jugador que se apuntó el gol de la victoria the player who scored the winning goalB (manifestarse) to become evidentlas tendencias artísticas que ya se apuntaban a finales del siglo pasado the artistic tendencies which were already becoming evident at the end of the last centuryel festival ha profundizado en una dirección que ya se apuntaba en años anteriores the festival has continued in a direction which was already becoming evident in previous years* * *
apuntar ( conjugate apuntar) verbo transitivo
1
b) (para excursión, actividad) to put … down
2 (señalar, indicar) to point at;
verbo intransitivo
◊ preparen … apunten … ¡fuego! ready … take aim … fire!;
le apuntó con una pistola she pointed/aimed a gun at him
apuntarse verbo pronominal
‹ a clase› to sign up for sth;
apuntarse al paro (Esp) to register as unemployed, to sign on (BrE colloq)
‹ victoria› to chalk up, achieve
apuntar
I verbo transitivo
1 (escribir) to note down, make a note of
2 (sugerir, indicar) to indicate, suggest
apuntar a..., to point to...
3 (un arma) to aim
4 (señalar) to point out
5 Teat to prompt
II verbo intransitivo apuntaba el siglo, the century was dawning
' apuntar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
señalar
- anotar
- nota
English:
aim
- cover
- down
- enter
- get down
- jot down
- level
- note
- note down
- prompt
- put down
- record
- take down
- train
- wildly
- jot
- take
* * *♦ vt1. [anotar] to make a note of, to note down;apuntar a alguien [en lista] to put sb down (en on); [en curso] to put sb's name down, to sign sb up (en o a for); [m5] apunta en una lista todo lo que quieres que compre jot down everything you want me to buy, make a list of the things you want me to buy;tengo que apuntar tu número de teléfono I must make a note of your phone number, I must write your phone number down somewhere;he apuntado a mi hijo a clases de natación I've put my son's name down for swimming lessons, I've signed my son up for swimming lessons;apunté a mis padres para ir a la excursión I put my parents down for the trip;apúntamelo (en la cuenta) put it on my account;ya puedes ir con cuidado, que esto lo apunto [amenaza] you'd better watch out, I'm not going to forget this2. [dirigir] [dedo] to point;[arma] to aim;apuntar a alguien [con el dedo] to point at sb;[con un arma] to aim at sb;apuntar una pistola hacia alguien, apuntar a alguien con una pistola to aim a gun at sb;les apuntó con un rifle he aimed o pointed a rifle at them;apuntó al blanco y disparó he took aim at the target and shot;la brújula apunta al norte the compass points (to the) north3. Teatro to prompt;Famfue expulsada de clase por apuntar las respuestas a un compañero she was thrown out of the classroom for whispering the answers to a classmate4. [sugerir] to hint at;[indicar] to point out;apuntó la posibilidad de subir los impuestos he hinted that he might raise taxes;la policía ha apuntado la posibilidad de que los secuestradores la hayan matado the police have admitted that the kidnappers may have killed her;el joven jugador apunta buenos conocimientos the young player shows a lot of promise5. [afilar] to sharpen♦ vi1. [vislumbrarse] to appear;[día] to break;en los árboles ya apuntaban las primeras hojas the first leaves were appearing on the treestodo apunta a que ganará Brasil everything points to a win for Brazil;todas las pruebas apuntan a su culpabilidad all the evidence points to him being guilty;las sospechas apuntan a un grupo separatista a separatist group is suspected3. Teatro to prompt4. [con un arma] to aim;¡carguen, apunten, fuego! ready, take aim, fire!;apuntar a lo más alto to set one's sights very high* * *I v/t1 ( escribir) note down, make a note of2 TEA promptpara for)4:apuntar con el dedo point at o toII v/iapuntar alto fig aim high, have big ambitions2:apunta el día lit day is breaking* * *apuntar vt1) : to aim, to point2) anotar: to write down, to jot down3) indicar, señalar: to point to, to point out4) : to prompt (in the theater)apuntar vi1) : to take aim2) : to become evident* * *apuntar vb1. (escribir) to make a note of / to note down3. (dirigir un arma) to aim / to point -
59 Language
Philosophy is written in that great book, the universe, which is always open, right before our eyes. But one cannot understand this book without first learning to understand the language and to know the characters in which it is written. It is written in the language of mathematics, and the characters are triangles, circles, and other figures. Without these, one cannot understand a single word of it, and just wanders in a dark labyrinth. (Galileo, 1990, p. 232)It never happens that it [a nonhuman animal] arranges its speech in various ways in order to reply appropriately to everything that may be said in its presence, as even the lowest type of man can do. (Descartes, 1970a, p. 116)It is a very remarkable fact that there are none so depraved and stupid, without even excepting idiots, that they cannot arrange different words together, forming of them a statement by which they make known their thoughts; while, on the other hand, there is no other animal, however perfect and fortunately circumstanced it may be, which can do the same. (Descartes, 1967, p. 116)Human beings do not live in the object world alone, nor alone in the world of social activity as ordinarily understood, but are very much at the mercy of the particular language which has become the medium of expression for their society. It is quite an illusion to imagine that one adjusts to reality essentially without the use of language and that language is merely an incidental means of solving specific problems of communication or reflection. The fact of the matter is that the "real world" is to a large extent unconsciously built on the language habits of the group.... We see and hear and otherwise experience very largely as we do because the language habits of our community predispose certain choices of interpretation. (Sapir, 1921, p. 75)It powerfully conditions all our thinking about social problems and processes.... No two languages are ever sufficiently similar to be considered as representing the same social reality. The worlds in which different societies live are distinct worlds, not merely the same worlds with different labels attached. (Sapir, 1985, p. 162)[A list of language games, not meant to be exhaustive:]Giving orders, and obeying them- Describing the appearance of an object, or giving its measurements- Constructing an object from a description (a drawing)Reporting an eventSpeculating about an eventForming and testing a hypothesisPresenting the results of an experiment in tables and diagramsMaking up a story; and reading itPlay actingSinging catchesGuessing riddlesMaking a joke; and telling itSolving a problem in practical arithmeticTranslating from one language into anotherLANGUAGE Asking, thanking, cursing, greeting, and praying-. (Wittgenstein, 1953, Pt. I, No. 23, pp. 11 e-12 e)We dissect nature along lines laid down by our native languages.... The world is presented in a kaleidoscopic flux of impressions which has to be organized by our minds-and this means largely by the linguistic systems in our minds.... No individual is free to describe nature with absolute impartiality but is constrained to certain modes of interpretation even while he thinks himself most free. (Whorf, 1956, pp. 153, 213-214)We dissect nature along the lines laid down by our native languages.The categories and types that we isolate from the world of phenomena we do not find there because they stare every observer in the face; on the contrary, the world is presented in a kaleidoscopic flux of impressions which has to be organized by our minds-and this means largely by the linguistic systems in our minds.... We are thus introduced to a new principle of relativity, which holds that all observers are not led by the same physical evidence to the same picture of the universe, unless their linguistic backgrounds are similar or can in some way be calibrated. (Whorf, 1956, pp. 213-214)9) The Forms of a Person's Thoughts Are Controlled by Unperceived Patterns of His Own LanguageThe forms of a person's thoughts are controlled by inexorable laws of pattern of which he is unconscious. These patterns are the unperceived intricate systematizations of his own language-shown readily enough by a candid comparison and contrast with other languages, especially those of a different linguistic family. (Whorf, 1956, p. 252)It has come to be commonly held that many utterances which look like statements are either not intended at all, or only intended in part, to record or impart straightforward information about the facts.... Many traditional philosophical perplexities have arisen through a mistake-the mistake of taking as straightforward statements of fact utterances which are either (in interesting non-grammatical ways) nonsensical or else intended as something quite different. (Austin, 1962, pp. 2-3)In general, one might define a complex of semantic components connected by logical constants as a concept. The dictionary of a language is then a system of concepts in which a phonological form and certain syntactic and morphological characteristics are assigned to each concept. This system of concepts is structured by several types of relations. It is supplemented, furthermore, by redundancy or implicational rules..., representing general properties of the whole system of concepts.... At least a relevant part of these general rules is not bound to particular languages, but represents presumably universal structures of natural languages. They are not learned, but are rather a part of the human ability to acquire an arbitrary natural language. (Bierwisch, 1970, pp. 171-172)In studying the evolution of mind, we cannot guess to what extent there are physically possible alternatives to, say, transformational generative grammar, for an organism meeting certain other physical conditions characteristic of humans. Conceivably, there are none-or very few-in which case talk about evolution of the language capacity is beside the point. (Chomsky, 1972, p. 98)[It is] truth value rather than syntactic well-formedness that chiefly governs explicit verbal reinforcement by parents-which renders mildly paradoxical the fact that the usual product of such a training schedule is an adult whose speech is highly grammatical but not notably truthful. (R. O. Brown, 1973, p. 330)he conceptual base is responsible for formally representing the concepts underlying an utterance.... A given word in a language may or may not have one or more concepts underlying it.... On the sentential level, the utterances of a given language are encoded within a syntactic structure of that language. The basic construction of the sentential level is the sentence.The next highest level... is the conceptual level. We call the basic construction of this level the conceptualization. A conceptualization consists of concepts and certain relations among those concepts. We can consider that both levels exist at the same point in time and that for any unit on one level, some corresponding realizate exists on the other level. This realizate may be null or extremely complex.... Conceptualizations may relate to other conceptualizations by nesting or other specified relationships. (Schank, 1973, pp. 191-192)The mathematics of multi-dimensional interactive spaces and lattices, the projection of "computer behavior" on to possible models of cerebral functions, the theoretical and mechanical investigation of artificial intelligence, are producing a stream of sophisticated, often suggestive ideas.But it is, I believe, fair to say that nothing put forward until now in either theoretic design or mechanical mimicry comes even remotely in reach of the most rudimentary linguistic realities. (Steiner, 1975, p. 284)The step from the simple tool to the master tool, a tool to make tools (what we would now call a machine tool), seems to me indeed to parallel the final step to human language, which I call reconstitution. It expresses in a practical and social context the same understanding of hierarchy, and shows the same analysis by function as a basis for synthesis. (Bronowski, 1977, pp. 127-128)t is the language donn eґ in which we conduct our lives.... We have no other. And the danger is that formal linguistic models, in their loosely argued analogy with the axiomatic structure of the mathematical sciences, may block perception.... It is quite conceivable that, in language, continuous induction from simple, elemental units to more complex, realistic forms is not justified. The extent and formal "undecidability" of context-and every linguistic particle above the level of the phoneme is context-bound-may make it impossible, except in the most abstract, meta-linguistic sense, to pass from "pro-verbs," "kernals," or "deep deep structures" to actual speech. (Steiner, 1975, pp. 111-113)A higher-level formal language is an abstract machine. (Weizenbaum, 1976, p. 113)Jakobson sees metaphor and metonymy as the characteristic modes of binarily opposed polarities which between them underpin the two-fold process of selection and combination by which linguistic signs are formed.... Thus messages are constructed, as Saussure said, by a combination of a "horizontal" movement, which combines words together, and a "vertical" movement, which selects the particular words from the available inventory or "inner storehouse" of the language. The combinative (or syntagmatic) process manifests itself in contiguity (one word being placed next to another) and its mode is metonymic. The selective (or associative) process manifests itself in similarity (one word or concept being "like" another) and its mode is metaphoric. The "opposition" of metaphor and metonymy therefore may be said to represent in effect the essence of the total opposition between the synchronic mode of language (its immediate, coexistent, "vertical" relationships) and its diachronic mode (its sequential, successive, lineal progressive relationships). (Hawkes, 1977, pp. 77-78)It is striking that the layered structure that man has given to language constantly reappears in his analyses of nature. (Bronowski, 1977, p. 121)First, [an ideal intertheoretic reduction] provides us with a set of rules"correspondence rules" or "bridge laws," as the standard vernacular has it-which effect a mapping of the terms of the old theory (T o) onto a subset of the expressions of the new or reducing theory (T n). These rules guide the application of those selected expressions of T n in the following way: we are free to make singular applications of their correspondencerule doppelgangers in T o....Second, and equally important, a successful reduction ideally has the outcome that, under the term mapping effected by the correspondence rules, the central principles of T o (those of semantic and systematic importance) are mapped onto general sentences of T n that are theorems of Tn. (P. Churchland, 1979, p. 81)If non-linguistic factors must be included in grammar: beliefs, attitudes, etc. [this would] amount to a rejection of the initial idealization of language as an object of study. A priori such a move cannot be ruled out, but it must be empirically motivated. If it proves to be correct, I would conclude that language is a chaos that is not worth studying.... Note that the question is not whether beliefs or attitudes, and so on, play a role in linguistic behavior and linguistic judgments... [but rather] whether distinct cognitive structures can be identified, which interact in the real use of language and linguistic judgments, the grammatical system being one of these. (Chomsky, 1979, pp. 140, 152-153)23) Language Is Inevitably Influenced by Specific Contexts of Human InteractionLanguage cannot be studied in isolation from the investigation of "rationality." It cannot afford to neglect our everyday assumptions concerning the total behavior of a reasonable person.... An integrational linguistics must recognize that human beings inhabit a communicational space which is not neatly compartmentalized into language and nonlanguage.... It renounces in advance the possibility of setting up systems of forms and meanings which will "account for" a central core of linguistic behavior irrespective of the situation and communicational purposes involved. (Harris, 1981, p. 165)By innate [linguistic knowledge], Chomsky simply means "genetically programmed." He does not literally think that children are born with language in their heads ready to be spoken. He merely claims that a "blueprint is there, which is brought into use when the child reaches a certain point in her general development. With the help of this blueprint, she analyzes the language she hears around her more readily than she would if she were totally unprepared for the strange gabbling sounds which emerge from human mouths. (Aitchison, 1987, p. 31)Looking at ourselves from the computer viewpoint, we cannot avoid seeing that natural language is our most important "programming language." This means that a vast portion of our knowledge and activity is, for us, best communicated and understood in our natural language.... One could say that natural language was our first great original artifact and, since, as we increasingly realize, languages are machines, so natural language, with our brains to run it, was our primal invention of the universal computer. One could say this except for the sneaking suspicion that language isn't something we invented but something we became, not something we constructed but something in which we created, and recreated, ourselves. (Leiber, 1991, p. 8)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Language
-
60 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
come what may — Whatever happens • • • Main Entry: ↑come come what may Whatever transpires • • • Main Entry: ↑may * * * come what may formal phrase despite anything that may happen … Useful english dictionary
come what may — {adv. phr.} Even if troubles come; no matter what happens; in spite of opposition or mischance. * /Charles has decided to get a college education, come what may./ * /The editor says we will publish the school paper this week, come what may./ … Dictionary of American idioms
come what may — {adv. phr.} Even if troubles come; no matter what happens; in spite of opposition or mischance. * /Charles has decided to get a college education, come what may./ * /The editor says we will publish the school paper this week, come what may./ … Dictionary of American idioms
come what may — ► come what may no matter what happens. Main Entry: ↑come … English terms dictionary
come\ what\ may — adv. phr. Even if troubles come; no matter what happens; in spite of opposition or mischance. Charles has decided to get a college education, come what may. The editor says we will publish the school paper this week, come what may … Словарь американских идиом
come what may — no matter what happens. → come … English new terms dictionary
come hell or high water — {adv. phr.}, {informal} No matter what happens; whatever may come. * /Grandfather said he would go to the fair, come hell or high water./ Compare: COME WHAT MAY, THROUGH THE MILL … Dictionary of American idioms
come hell or high water — {adv. phr.}, {informal} No matter what happens; whatever may come. * /Grandfather said he would go to the fair, come hell or high water./ Compare: COME WHAT MAY, THROUGH THE MILL … Dictionary of American idioms
no matter what happens — adverb in spite of all obstacles (Freq. 1) we ll go to Tibet come hell or high water • Syn: ↑come hell or high water, ↑whatever may come … Useful english dictionary
come — come1 W1S1 [kʌm] v past tense came [keım] past participle come ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(move towards somebody/something)¦ 2¦(go with somebody)¦ 3¦(travel to a place)¦ 4¦(post)¦ 5¦(happen)¦ 6¦(reach a level/place)¦ 7¦(be produce … Dictionary of contemporary English
come — 1 /kVm/ verb past tense came past participle come MOVE 1 (I) a word meaning to move towards someone, or to visit or arrive at a place, used when the person speaking or the person listening is in that place: Come a little closer. | Sarah s coming… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
